Mercurial > octave
annotate libgui/src/settings-dialog.cc @ 29524:730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
* gui-settings.h: define constants for the new button texts and related
tooltips
* resource-manager.cc (read_lexer_settings): new argument indicating that
only the defaults have to be reloaded ignoring current settings file
entries, do not write lexer styles into the settings file in this case
but only configure the given lexer accordingly
* resource-manager.h: new argument for read_lexer_settings
* settings-dialog.cc (settings_dialog): checkbox for second editor color
mode now added via code together with the new button for reloading
the default styles, connect button signal with update_editor_lexers;
(update_editor_lexers): argument now used for reloading default values, which
is also passed to all calls of update_lexer, get the mode from the checkbox;
(update_lexer): new argument, which is also passed to read_lexer_settings,
also update font style elements from the lexer configures with the default
values and not only the color pickers;
(write_lexer_settings): remove mode argument and get mode from checkbox,
save it into settings file here
(write_changed_settings): instead here, call write_lexer_settings
without mode parameter;
(read_workspace_colors): add button for reloading default values, connect
to update_workspace_colors;
(update_workspace_colors): get mode from the checkbox, not as argument,
get colors from settings or the default values;
(read_terminal_colors): see read_workspace_colors;
(update_terminal_colors): see update_workspace_colors;
(read_varedit_colors): see read_workspace_colors;
(update_varedit_colors): see update_workspace_colors;
* settings-dialog.h: new arg in update color slots, changed arguments in
update and write lexer slots
* settings-dialog.ui: remove the color check box for the editor styles and
add a grid layout instead
author | Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org> |
---|---|
date | Sun, 11 Apr 2021 19:22:31 +0200 |
parents | 5384bb4efc51 |
children | 3d34b70b5a49 |
rev | line source |
---|---|
27923
bd51beb6205e
update formatting of copyright notices
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27919
diff
changeset
|
1 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// |
bd51beb6205e
update formatting of copyright notices
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27919
diff
changeset
|
2 // |
29358
0a5b15007766
update Octave Project Developers copyright for the new year
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
29143
diff
changeset
|
3 // Copyright (C) 2011-2021 The Octave Project Developers |
27923
bd51beb6205e
update formatting of copyright notices
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27919
diff
changeset
|
4 // |
bd51beb6205e
update formatting of copyright notices
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27919
diff
changeset
|
5 // See the file COPYRIGHT.md in the top-level directory of this |
bd51beb6205e
update formatting of copyright notices
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27919
diff
changeset
|
6 // distribution or <https://octave.org/copyright/>. |
bd51beb6205e
update formatting of copyright notices
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27919
diff
changeset
|
7 // |
bd51beb6205e
update formatting of copyright notices
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27919
diff
changeset
|
8 // This file is part of Octave. |
bd51beb6205e
update formatting of copyright notices
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27919
diff
changeset
|
9 // |
bd51beb6205e
update formatting of copyright notices
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27919
diff
changeset
|
10 // Octave is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it |
bd51beb6205e
update formatting of copyright notices
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27919
diff
changeset
|
11 // under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by |
bd51beb6205e
update formatting of copyright notices
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27919
diff
changeset
|
12 // the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or |
bd51beb6205e
update formatting of copyright notices
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27919
diff
changeset
|
13 // (at your option) any later version. |
bd51beb6205e
update formatting of copyright notices
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27919
diff
changeset
|
14 // |
bd51beb6205e
update formatting of copyright notices
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27919
diff
changeset
|
15 // Octave is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but |
bd51beb6205e
update formatting of copyright notices
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27919
diff
changeset
|
16 // WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of |
bd51beb6205e
update formatting of copyright notices
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27919
diff
changeset
|
17 // MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the |
bd51beb6205e
update formatting of copyright notices
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27919
diff
changeset
|
18 // GNU General Public License for more details. |
bd51beb6205e
update formatting of copyright notices
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27919
diff
changeset
|
19 // |
bd51beb6205e
update formatting of copyright notices
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27919
diff
changeset
|
20 // You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License |
bd51beb6205e
update formatting of copyright notices
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27919
diff
changeset
|
21 // along with Octave; see the file COPYING. If not, see |
bd51beb6205e
update formatting of copyright notices
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27919
diff
changeset
|
22 // <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. |
bd51beb6205e
update formatting of copyright notices
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27919
diff
changeset
|
23 // |
bd51beb6205e
update formatting of copyright notices
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27919
diff
changeset
|
24 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// |
13674
c0e66d6e3dc8
Updated license headers and moved to AGPLv3.
Jacob Dawid <jacob.dawid@googlemail.com>
parents:
13672
diff
changeset
|
25 |
24011
9107bae20480
style fixes for some GUI source files
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
23996
diff
changeset
|
26 // Programming Note: this file has many lines longer than 80 characters |
9107bae20480
style fixes for some GUI source files
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
23996
diff
changeset
|
27 // due to long function, variable, and property names. Please don't |
9107bae20480
style fixes for some GUI source files
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
23996
diff
changeset
|
28 // break those lines as it tends to make this code even harder to read. |
9107bae20480
style fixes for some GUI source files
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
23996
diff
changeset
|
29 |
21724
aba2e6293dd8
use "#if ..." consistently instead of "#ifdef" and "#ifndef"
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
21301
diff
changeset
|
30 #if defined (HAVE_CONFIG_H) |
21301
40de9f8f23a6
Use '#include "config.h"' rather than <config.h>.
Rik <rik@octave.org>
parents:
21213
diff
changeset
|
31 # include "config.h" |
15286
ae9079bbc627
Add '#include <config.h>' to C++ files in libgui/src
Rik <rik@octave.org>
parents:
15274
diff
changeset
|
32 #endif |
ae9079bbc627
Add '#include <config.h>' to C++ files in libgui/src
Rik <rik@octave.org>
parents:
15274
diff
changeset
|
33 |
25410
cdaa884568b1
add Qt include needed to build against Qt 5.11 (bug #53978)
Mike Miller <mtmiller@octave.org>
parents:
25103
diff
changeset
|
34 #include <QButtonGroup> |
15972
22ab4fe661d7
gui: selectable language in settings dialog
Torsten <ttl@justmail.de>
parents:
15914
diff
changeset
|
35 #include <QDir> |
27412
da1f59fe04b3
try to use consitent ordering for include files in libgui sources
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27276
diff
changeset
|
36 #include <QFileDialog> |
15972
22ab4fe661d7
gui: selectable language in settings dialog
Torsten <ttl@justmail.de>
parents:
15914
diff
changeset
|
37 #include <QFileInfo> |
17676
c060ad097056
add menu entries to the editor for directly accessing the editor's settings
Torsten <ttl@justmail.de>
parents:
16865
diff
changeset
|
38 #include <QHash> |
22177
6e9f5408c0db
Save settings in Qt convention, delete all children in destructors (bug #45366)
Daniel J Sebald <daniel.sebald@ieee.org>
parents:
22022
diff
changeset
|
39 #include <QMessageBox> |
25480
00bfb85bfb28
improve panes in gui preferences dialog
Torsten <mttl@mailbox.org>
parents:
25469
diff
changeset
|
40 #include <QScrollBar> |
26227
2355f66cf91d
allow to select the gui style in the preferences dialog
Torsten <mttl@mailbox.org>
parents:
26140
diff
changeset
|
41 #include <QStyleFactory> |
20731
83611b387bc5
provide a user preference for the encoding used by the editor (bug #45597)
Torsten <ttl@justmail.de>
parents:
20706
diff
changeset
|
42 #include <QTextCodec> |
27412
da1f59fe04b3
try to use consitent ordering for include files in libgui sources
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27276
diff
changeset
|
43 #include <QVector> |
13501 | 44 |
21724
aba2e6293dd8
use "#if ..." consistently instead of "#ifdef" and "#ifndef"
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
21301
diff
changeset
|
45 #if defined (HAVE_QSCINTILLA) |
21203
710e700cdd7f
maint: Clean up naming and indentation of #ifdef blocks in libgui
Rik <rik@octave.org>
parents:
21045
diff
changeset
|
46 # include "octave-qscintilla.h" |
710e700cdd7f
maint: Clean up naming and indentation of #ifdef blocks in libgui
Rik <rik@octave.org>
parents:
21045
diff
changeset
|
47 # include "octave-txt-lexer.h" |
710e700cdd7f
maint: Clean up naming and indentation of #ifdef blocks in libgui
Rik <rik@octave.org>
parents:
21045
diff
changeset
|
48 # include <QScrollArea> |
16667
7f6f0b3f7369
Allow build to continue without QScintilla lexer for Octave
Ben Abbott <bpabbott@mac.com>
parents:
16646
diff
changeset
|
49 |
21203
710e700cdd7f
maint: Clean up naming and indentation of #ifdef blocks in libgui
Rik <rik@octave.org>
parents:
21045
diff
changeset
|
50 # if defined (HAVE_QSCI_QSCILEXEROCTAVE_H) |
21213
f7d1050b9b53
maint: Clean up various usages of #ifdef.
Rik <rik@octave.org>
parents:
21203
diff
changeset
|
51 # define HAVE_LEXER_OCTAVE 1 |
21203
710e700cdd7f
maint: Clean up naming and indentation of #ifdef blocks in libgui
Rik <rik@octave.org>
parents:
21045
diff
changeset
|
52 # include <Qsci/qscilexeroctave.h> |
710e700cdd7f
maint: Clean up naming and indentation of #ifdef blocks in libgui
Rik <rik@octave.org>
parents:
21045
diff
changeset
|
53 # elif defined (HAVE_QSCI_QSCILEXERMATLAB_H) |
21213
f7d1050b9b53
maint: Clean up various usages of #ifdef.
Rik <rik@octave.org>
parents:
21203
diff
changeset
|
54 # define HAVE_LEXER_MATLAB 1 |
21203
710e700cdd7f
maint: Clean up naming and indentation of #ifdef blocks in libgui
Rik <rik@octave.org>
parents:
21045
diff
changeset
|
55 # include <Qsci/qscilexermatlab.h> |
710e700cdd7f
maint: Clean up naming and indentation of #ifdef blocks in libgui
Rik <rik@octave.org>
parents:
21045
diff
changeset
|
56 # endif |
16677
f6dfc7705623
* settings-dialog.cc: enable octave lexer editor styles if lexer is present
Torsten <ttl@justmail.de>
parents:
16667
diff
changeset
|
57 |
21203
710e700cdd7f
maint: Clean up naming and indentation of #ifdef blocks in libgui
Rik <rik@octave.org>
parents:
21045
diff
changeset
|
58 # include <Qsci/qscilexercpp.h> |
29165
617d3aa713a4
add java file support in gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29162
diff
changeset
|
59 # include <Qsci/qscilexerjava.h> |
21203
710e700cdd7f
maint: Clean up naming and indentation of #ifdef blocks in libgui
Rik <rik@octave.org>
parents:
21045
diff
changeset
|
60 # include <Qsci/qscilexerbash.h> |
710e700cdd7f
maint: Clean up naming and indentation of #ifdef blocks in libgui
Rik <rik@octave.org>
parents:
21045
diff
changeset
|
61 # include <Qsci/qscilexerperl.h> |
710e700cdd7f
maint: Clean up naming and indentation of #ifdef blocks in libgui
Rik <rik@octave.org>
parents:
21045
diff
changeset
|
62 # include <Qsci/qscilexerbatch.h> |
710e700cdd7f
maint: Clean up naming and indentation of #ifdef blocks in libgui
Rik <rik@octave.org>
parents:
21045
diff
changeset
|
63 # include <Qsci/qscilexerdiff.h> |
16402
7fa90eb41240
gui: individually configurable styles of the editor lexers
Torsten <ttl@justmail.de>
parents:
16379
diff
changeset
|
64 #endif |
7fa90eb41240
gui: individually configurable styles of the editor lexers
Torsten <ttl@justmail.de>
parents:
16379
diff
changeset
|
65 |
27560
3fcc650de22f
split gui-preferences.h into one file per widget
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27412
diff
changeset
|
66 #include "gui-preferences-all.h" |
27629
8b6e928e0705
in GUI objects, store reference to base_qobject instead of resource_manager
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27620
diff
changeset
|
67 #include "octave-qobject.h" |
27412
da1f59fe04b3
try to use consitent ordering for include files in libgui sources
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27276
diff
changeset
|
68 #include "settings-dialog.h" |
da1f59fe04b3
try to use consitent ordering for include files in libgui sources
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27276
diff
changeset
|
69 #include "variable-editor.h" |
da1f59fe04b3
try to use consitent ordering for include files in libgui sources
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27276
diff
changeset
|
70 #include "workspace-model.h" |
da1f59fe04b3
try to use consitent ordering for include files in libgui sources
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27276
diff
changeset
|
71 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
72 namespace octave |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
73 { |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
74 |
27629
8b6e928e0705
in GUI objects, store reference to base_qobject instead of resource_manager
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27620
diff
changeset
|
75 settings_dialog::settings_dialog (QWidget *p, base_qobject& oct_qobj, |
27620
45bb5bbaf291
don't use singleton pattern for resource manager in GUI
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27613
diff
changeset
|
76 const QString& desired_tab) |
27629
8b6e928e0705
in GUI objects, store reference to base_qobject instead of resource_manager
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27620
diff
changeset
|
77 : QDialog (p), Ui::settings_dialog (), m_octave_qobj (oct_qobj) |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
78 { |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
79 setupUi (this); |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
80 |
27629
8b6e928e0705
in GUI objects, store reference to base_qobject instead of resource_manager
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27620
diff
changeset
|
81 resource_manager& rmgr = m_octave_qobj.get_resource_manager (); |
8b6e928e0705
in GUI objects, store reference to base_qobject instead of resource_manager
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27620
diff
changeset
|
82 gui_settings *settings = rmgr.get_settings (); |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
83 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
84 if (! settings) |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
85 { |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
86 QMessageBox msgBox |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
87 (QMessageBox::Warning, tr ("Octave Preferences"), |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
88 tr ("Unable to save preferences. Missing preferences file or unknown directory.")); |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
89 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
90 msgBox.exec (); |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
91 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
92 return; |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
93 } |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
94 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
95 // look for available language files and the actual settings |
27629
8b6e928e0705
in GUI objects, store reference to base_qobject instead of resource_manager
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27620
diff
changeset
|
96 QString qm_dir_name = rmgr.get_gui_translation_dir (); |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
97 QDir qm_dir (qm_dir_name); |
27935
f1844e33f621
maint: Use Octave coding conventions in libgui/ directory.
Rik <rik@octave.org>
parents:
27923
diff
changeset
|
98 QFileInfoList qm_files = qm_dir.entryInfoList (QStringList ("*.qm"), |
f1844e33f621
maint: Use Octave coding conventions in libgui/ directory.
Rik <rik@octave.org>
parents:
27923
diff
changeset
|
99 QDir::Files | QDir::Readable, QDir::Name); |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
100 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
101 for (int i = 0; i < qm_files.length (); i++) // insert available languages |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
102 comboBox_language->addItem (qm_files.at (i).baseName ()); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
103 // System at beginning |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
104 comboBox_language->insertItem (0, tr ("System setting")); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
105 comboBox_language->insertSeparator (1); // separator after System |
27805
dccc551aa83b
replace literal strings by symbolic constants for global preferences
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27726
diff
changeset
|
106 QString language = settings->value (global_language.key, |
dccc551aa83b
replace literal strings by symbolic constants for global preferences
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27726
diff
changeset
|
107 global_language.def).toString (); |
dccc551aa83b
replace literal strings by symbolic constants for global preferences
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27726
diff
changeset
|
108 if (language == global_language.def.toString ()) |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
109 language = tr ("System setting"); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
110 int selected = comboBox_language->findText (language); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
111 if (selected >= 0) |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
112 comboBox_language->setCurrentIndex (selected); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
113 else |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
114 comboBox_language->setCurrentIndex (0); // System is default |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
115 |
26227
2355f66cf91d
allow to select the gui style in the preferences dialog
Torsten <mttl@mailbox.org>
parents:
26140
diff
changeset
|
116 // Global style |
2355f66cf91d
allow to select the gui style in the preferences dialog
Torsten <mttl@mailbox.org>
parents:
26140
diff
changeset
|
117 QStringList styles = QStyleFactory::keys(); |
2355f66cf91d
allow to select the gui style in the preferences dialog
Torsten <mttl@mailbox.org>
parents:
26140
diff
changeset
|
118 combo_styles->addItems (styles); |
2355f66cf91d
allow to select the gui style in the preferences dialog
Torsten <mttl@mailbox.org>
parents:
26140
diff
changeset
|
119 combo_styles->insertItem (0, global_style.def.toString ()); |
2355f66cf91d
allow to select the gui style in the preferences dialog
Torsten <mttl@mailbox.org>
parents:
26140
diff
changeset
|
120 combo_styles->insertSeparator (1); |
27672
a36443e94f8a
simplify gui_settings->value (PREF.key, PREF.def) calls
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27668
diff
changeset
|
121 QString current_style = settings->value (global_style).toString (); |
26227
2355f66cf91d
allow to select the gui style in the preferences dialog
Torsten <mttl@mailbox.org>
parents:
26140
diff
changeset
|
122 if (current_style == global_style.def.toString ()) |
2355f66cf91d
allow to select the gui style in the preferences dialog
Torsten <mttl@mailbox.org>
parents:
26140
diff
changeset
|
123 current_style = global_style.def.toString (); |
2355f66cf91d
allow to select the gui style in the preferences dialog
Torsten <mttl@mailbox.org>
parents:
26140
diff
changeset
|
124 selected = combo_styles->findText (current_style); |
2355f66cf91d
allow to select the gui style in the preferences dialog
Torsten <mttl@mailbox.org>
parents:
26140
diff
changeset
|
125 if (selected >= 0) |
2355f66cf91d
allow to select the gui style in the preferences dialog
Torsten <mttl@mailbox.org>
parents:
26140
diff
changeset
|
126 combo_styles->setCurrentIndex (selected); |
2355f66cf91d
allow to select the gui style in the preferences dialog
Torsten <mttl@mailbox.org>
parents:
26140
diff
changeset
|
127 else |
2355f66cf91d
allow to select the gui style in the preferences dialog
Torsten <mttl@mailbox.org>
parents:
26140
diff
changeset
|
128 combo_styles->setCurrentIndex (0); |
2355f66cf91d
allow to select the gui style in the preferences dialog
Torsten <mttl@mailbox.org>
parents:
26140
diff
changeset
|
129 |
26140
8fb8cb4a03f8
preference for (not) using system icon theme
Torsten <mttl@mailbox.org>
parents:
26135
diff
changeset
|
130 // icon size and theme |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
131 QButtonGroup *icon_size_group = new QButtonGroup (this); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
132 icon_size_group->addButton (icon_size_small); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
133 icon_size_group->addButton (icon_size_normal); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
134 icon_size_group->addButton (icon_size_large); |
27672
a36443e94f8a
simplify gui_settings->value (PREF.key, PREF.def) calls
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27668
diff
changeset
|
135 int icon_size = settings->value (global_icon_size).toInt (); |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
136 icon_size_normal->setChecked (true); // the default |
26135
a332d83cc659
fix use of icon size preferences
Torsten <mttl@mailbox.org>
parents:
26096
diff
changeset
|
137 icon_size_small->setChecked (icon_size < 0); |
a332d83cc659
fix use of icon size preferences
Torsten <mttl@mailbox.org>
parents:
26096
diff
changeset
|
138 icon_size_large->setChecked (icon_size > 0); |
27672
a36443e94f8a
simplify gui_settings->value (PREF.key, PREF.def) calls
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27668
diff
changeset
|
139 cb_system_icon_theme->setChecked (settings->value (global_icon_theme).toBool ()); |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
140 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
141 // which icon has to be selected |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
142 QButtonGroup *icon_group = new QButtonGroup (this); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
143 icon_group->addButton (general_icon_octave); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
144 icon_group->addButton (general_icon_graphic); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
145 icon_group->addButton (general_icon_letter); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
146 QString widget_icon_set = |
27672
a36443e94f8a
simplify gui_settings->value (PREF.key, PREF.def) calls
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27668
diff
changeset
|
147 settings->value (dw_icon_set).toString (); |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
148 general_icon_octave->setChecked (true); // the default (if invalid set) |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
149 general_icon_octave->setChecked (widget_icon_set == "NONE"); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
150 general_icon_graphic->setChecked (widget_icon_set == "GRAPHIC"); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
151 general_icon_letter->setChecked (widget_icon_set == "LETTER"); |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
152 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
153 // custom title bar of dock widget |
27672
a36443e94f8a
simplify gui_settings->value (PREF.key, PREF.def) calls
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27668
diff
changeset
|
154 QColor bg_color = settings->value (dw_title_bg_color).value<QColor> (); |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
155 m_widget_title_bg_color = new color_picker (bg_color); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
156 m_widget_title_bg_color->setEnabled (false); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
157 layout_widget_bgtitle->addWidget (m_widget_title_bg_color, 0); |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
158 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
159 connect (cb_widget_custom_style, SIGNAL (toggled (bool)), |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
160 m_widget_title_bg_color, SLOT (setEnabled (bool))); |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
161 |
27672
a36443e94f8a
simplify gui_settings->value (PREF.key, PREF.def) calls
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27668
diff
changeset
|
162 QColor bg_color_active = settings->value (dw_title_bg_color_active).value<QColor> (); |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
163 m_widget_title_bg_color_active = new color_picker (bg_color_active); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
164 m_widget_title_bg_color_active->setEnabled (false); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
165 layout_widget_bgtitle_active->addWidget (m_widget_title_bg_color_active, 0); |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
166 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
167 connect (cb_widget_custom_style, SIGNAL (toggled (bool)), |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
168 m_widget_title_bg_color_active, SLOT (setEnabled (bool))); |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
169 |
27672
a36443e94f8a
simplify gui_settings->value (PREF.key, PREF.def) calls
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27668
diff
changeset
|
170 QColor fg_color = settings->value (dw_title_fg_color).value<QColor> (); |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
171 m_widget_title_fg_color = new color_picker (fg_color); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
172 m_widget_title_fg_color->setEnabled (false); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
173 layout_widget_fgtitle->addWidget (m_widget_title_fg_color, 0); |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
174 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
175 connect (cb_widget_custom_style, SIGNAL (toggled (bool)), |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
176 m_widget_title_fg_color, SLOT (setEnabled (bool))); |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
177 |
27672
a36443e94f8a
simplify gui_settings->value (PREF.key, PREF.def) calls
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27668
diff
changeset
|
178 QColor fg_color_active = settings->value (dw_title_fg_color_active).value<QColor> (); |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
179 m_widget_title_fg_color_active = new color_picker (fg_color_active); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
180 m_widget_title_fg_color_active->setEnabled (false); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
181 layout_widget_fgtitle_active->addWidget (m_widget_title_fg_color_active, 0); |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
182 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
183 connect (cb_widget_custom_style, SIGNAL (toggled (bool)), |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
184 m_widget_title_fg_color_active, SLOT (setEnabled (bool))); |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
185 |
27935
f1844e33f621
maint: Use Octave coding conventions in libgui/ directory.
Rik <rik@octave.org>
parents:
27923
diff
changeset
|
186 sb_3d_title->setValue (settings->value (dw_title_3d.key, |
f1844e33f621
maint: Use Octave coding conventions in libgui/ directory.
Rik <rik@octave.org>
parents:
27923
diff
changeset
|
187 dw_title_3d.def).toInt ()); |
27672
a36443e94f8a
simplify gui_settings->value (PREF.key, PREF.def) calls
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27668
diff
changeset
|
188 cb_widget_custom_style->setChecked (settings->value (dw_title_custom_style).toBool ()); |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
189 |
26096
1002b49ce7b3
Make use of native file dialogs configurable (bug #54607).
Kai T. Ohlhus <k.ohlhus@gmail.com>
parents:
26008
diff
changeset
|
190 // Native file dialogs. |
1002b49ce7b3
Make use of native file dialogs configurable (bug #54607).
Kai T. Ohlhus <k.ohlhus@gmail.com>
parents:
26008
diff
changeset
|
191 // FIXME: This preference can be deprecated / removed if all display |
1002b49ce7b3
Make use of native file dialogs configurable (bug #54607).
Kai T. Ohlhus <k.ohlhus@gmail.com>
parents:
26008
diff
changeset
|
192 // managers, especially KDE, run those dialogs without hangs or |
1002b49ce7b3
Make use of native file dialogs configurable (bug #54607).
Kai T. Ohlhus <k.ohlhus@gmail.com>
parents:
26008
diff
changeset
|
193 // delays from the start (bug #54607). |
27672
a36443e94f8a
simplify gui_settings->value (PREF.key, PREF.def) calls
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27668
diff
changeset
|
194 cb_use_native_file_dialogs->setChecked (settings->value (global_use_native_dialogs).toBool ()); |
26096
1002b49ce7b3
Make use of native file dialogs configurable (bug #54607).
Kai T. Ohlhus <k.ohlhus@gmail.com>
parents:
26008
diff
changeset
|
195 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
196 // Cursor blinking: consider old terminal related setting if not yet set |
26096
1002b49ce7b3
Make use of native file dialogs configurable (bug #54607).
Kai T. Ohlhus <k.ohlhus@gmail.com>
parents:
26008
diff
changeset
|
197 // FIXME: This pref. can be deprecated / removed if Qt adds support for |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
198 // getting the cursor blink preferences from all OS environments |
27583
315c35e6037c
use symbolic constants for command widget preferences
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27570
diff
changeset
|
199 if (settings->contains (global_cursor_blinking.key)) |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
200 { |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
201 // Preference exists, read its value |
27583
315c35e6037c
use symbolic constants for command widget preferences
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27570
diff
changeset
|
202 cb_cursor_blinking->setChecked (settings->value |
315c35e6037c
use symbolic constants for command widget preferences
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27570
diff
changeset
|
203 (global_cursor_blinking.key, global_cursor_blinking.def).toBool ()); |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
204 } |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
205 else |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
206 { |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
207 // Pref. does not exist, so take old terminal related pref. |
27583
315c35e6037c
use symbolic constants for command widget preferences
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27570
diff
changeset
|
208 cb_cursor_blinking->setChecked (settings->value |
315c35e6037c
use symbolic constants for command widget preferences
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27570
diff
changeset
|
209 (cs_cursor_blinking.key, cs_cursor_blinking.def).toBool ()); |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
210 } |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
211 |
29202
66af654b3485
provide focus follows mouse for widgets in the main window (bug #59701)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29165
diff
changeset
|
212 // focus follows mouse |
66af654b3485
provide focus follows mouse for widgets in the main window (bug #59701)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29165
diff
changeset
|
213 cb_focus_follows_mouse->setChecked ( |
66af654b3485
provide focus follows mouse for widgets in the main window (bug #59701)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29165
diff
changeset
|
214 settings->value (dw_focus_follows_mouse).toBool ()); |
66af654b3485
provide focus follows mouse for widgets in the main window (bug #59701)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29165
diff
changeset
|
215 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
216 // prompt on exit |
27805
dccc551aa83b
replace literal strings by symbolic constants for global preferences
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27726
diff
changeset
|
217 cb_prompt_to_exit->setChecked ( |
dccc551aa83b
replace literal strings by symbolic constants for global preferences
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27726
diff
changeset
|
218 settings->value (global_prompt_to_exit.key, global_prompt_to_exit.def).toBool ()); |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
219 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
220 // Main status bar |
27805
dccc551aa83b
replace literal strings by symbolic constants for global preferences
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27726
diff
changeset
|
221 cb_status_bar->setChecked ( |
dccc551aa83b
replace literal strings by symbolic constants for global preferences
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27726
diff
changeset
|
222 settings->value (global_status_bar.key, global_status_bar.def).toBool ()); |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
223 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
224 // Octave startup |
27805
dccc551aa83b
replace literal strings by symbolic constants for global preferences
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27726
diff
changeset
|
225 cb_restore_octave_dir->setChecked ( |
dccc551aa83b
replace literal strings by symbolic constants for global preferences
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27726
diff
changeset
|
226 settings->value (global_restore_ov_dir.key, global_restore_ov_dir.def).toBool ()); |
dccc551aa83b
replace literal strings by symbolic constants for global preferences
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27726
diff
changeset
|
227 le_octave_dir->setText (settings->value (global_ov_startup_dir.key, |
dccc551aa83b
replace literal strings by symbolic constants for global preferences
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27726
diff
changeset
|
228 global_ov_startup_dir.def).toString ()); |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
229 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
230 connect (pb_octave_dir, SIGNAL (pressed (void)), |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
231 this, SLOT (get_octave_dir (void))); |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
232 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
233 // |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
234 // editor |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
235 // |
27805
dccc551aa83b
replace literal strings by symbolic constants for global preferences
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27726
diff
changeset
|
236 useCustomFileEditor->setChecked ( |
dccc551aa83b
replace literal strings by symbolic constants for global preferences
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27726
diff
changeset
|
237 settings->value (global_use_custom_editor.key, global_use_custom_editor.def).toBool ()); |
dccc551aa83b
replace literal strings by symbolic constants for global preferences
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27726
diff
changeset
|
238 customFileEditor->setText ( |
dccc551aa83b
replace literal strings by symbolic constants for global preferences
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27726
diff
changeset
|
239 settings->value (global_custom_editor.key, global_custom_editor.def).toString ()); |
27861
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
240 editor_showLineNumbers->setChecked (settings->value (ed_show_line_numbers).toBool ()); |
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
241 editor_linenr_size->setValue (settings->value (ed_line_numbers_size).toInt ()); |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
242 |
27629
8b6e928e0705
in GUI objects, store reference to base_qobject instead of resource_manager
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27620
diff
changeset
|
243 rmgr.combo_encoding (editor_combo_encoding); |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
244 |
27861
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
245 editor_highlightCurrentLine->setChecked (settings->value (ed_highlight_current_line).toBool ()); |
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
246 editor_long_line_marker->setChecked (settings->value (ed_long_line_marker).toBool ()); |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
247 bool long_line = |
27861
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
248 settings->value (ed_long_line_marker_line).toBool (); |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
249 editor_long_line_marker_line->setChecked (long_line); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
250 bool long_back = |
27861
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
251 settings->value (ed_long_line_marker_background).toBool (); |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
252 editor_long_line_marker_background->setChecked (long_back); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
253 if (! (long_line || long_back)) |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
254 editor_long_line_marker_line->setChecked (true); |
27861
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
255 editor_long_line_column->setValue (settings->value (ed_long_line_column).toInt ()); |
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
256 editor_break_checkbox->setChecked (settings->value (ed_break_lines).toBool ()); |
28334
f54cc65a487b
fix break long editor lines preference (bug #58396)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27935
diff
changeset
|
257 editor_break_comments_checkbox->setChecked (settings->value (ed_break_lines_comments).toBool ()); |
27861
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
258 editor_wrap_checkbox->setChecked (settings->value (ed_wrap_lines).toBool ()); |
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
259 cb_edit_status_bar->setChecked (settings->value (ed_show_edit_status_bar).toBool ()); |
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
260 cb_edit_tool_bar->setChecked (settings->value (ed_show_toolbar).toBool ()); |
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
261 cb_code_folding->setChecked (settings->value (ed_code_folding).toBool ()); |
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
262 editor_highlight_all_occurrences->setChecked (settings->value (ed_highlight_all_occurrences).toBool ()); |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
263 |
27861
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
264 editor_auto_endif->setCurrentIndex (settings->value (ed_auto_endif).toInt () ); |
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
265 editor_codeCompletion->setChecked (settings->value (ed_code_completion).toBool ()); |
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
266 editor_spinbox_ac_threshold->setValue (settings->value (ed_code_completion_threshold).toInt ()); |
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
267 editor_checkbox_ac_keywords->setChecked (settings->value (ed_code_completion_keywords).toBool ()); |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
268 editor_checkbox_ac_builtins->setEnabled (editor_checkbox_ac_keywords->isChecked ()); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
269 editor_checkbox_ac_functions->setEnabled (editor_checkbox_ac_keywords->isChecked ()); |
27861
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
270 editor_checkbox_ac_builtins->setChecked (settings->value (ed_code_completion_octave_builtins).toBool ()); |
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
271 editor_checkbox_ac_functions->setChecked (settings->value (ed_code_completion_octave_functions).toBool ()); |
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
272 editor_checkbox_ac_document->setChecked (settings->value (ed_code_completion_document).toBool ()); |
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
273 editor_checkbox_ac_case->setChecked (settings->value (ed_code_completion_case).toBool ()); |
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
274 editor_checkbox_ac_replace->setChecked (settings->value (ed_code_completion_replace).toBool ()); |
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
275 editor_ws_checkbox->setChecked (settings->value (ed_show_white_space).toBool ()); |
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
276 editor_ws_indent_checkbox->setChecked (settings->value (ed_show_white_space_indent).toBool ()); |
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
277 cb_show_eol->setChecked (settings->value (ed_show_eol_chars).toBool ()); |
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
278 cb_show_hscrollbar->setChecked (settings->value (ed_show_hscroll_bar).toBool ()); |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
279 |
27890
5ca326b3c0d5
fix missing translations due to new symbolic constants for prefs (bug #57490)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27867
diff
changeset
|
280 for (int i = 0; i < ed_tab_position_names.length (); i++) |
5ca326b3c0d5
fix missing translations due to new symbolic constants for prefs (bug #57490)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27867
diff
changeset
|
281 editor_combox_tab_pos->insertItem (i, |
5ca326b3c0d5
fix missing translations due to new symbolic constants for prefs (bug #57490)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27867
diff
changeset
|
282 tr (ed_tab_position_names.at (i).toStdString ().data ())); |
27276
7455523fdf01
style fixes: avoid breaking lines immediately after '('
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27102
diff
changeset
|
283 editor_combox_tab_pos->setCurrentIndex |
27672
a36443e94f8a
simplify gui_settings->value (PREF.key, PREF.def) calls
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27668
diff
changeset
|
284 (settings->value (ed_tab_position).toInt ()); |
27055
b38807a23fd2
add a preference for the tab positions in the editor (bug #56158)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
26530
diff
changeset
|
285 |
29467
80457383d5e1
allow rotated tabs in the file editor (bug #60276)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29359
diff
changeset
|
286 editor_cb_tabs_rotated->setChecked (settings->value (ed_tabs_rotated).toBool ()); |
80457383d5e1
allow rotated tabs in the file editor (bug #60276)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29359
diff
changeset
|
287 editor_sb_tabs_max_width->setValue (settings->value (ed_tabs_max_width).toInt ()); |
80457383d5e1
allow rotated tabs in the file editor (bug #60276)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29359
diff
changeset
|
288 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
289 int selected_comment_string, selected_uncomment_string; |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
290 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
291 if (settings->contains (ed_comment_str.key)) // new version (radio buttons) |
27672
a36443e94f8a
simplify gui_settings->value (PREF.key, PREF.def) calls
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27668
diff
changeset
|
292 selected_comment_string = settings->value (ed_comment_str).toInt (); |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
293 else // old version (combo box) |
27672
a36443e94f8a
simplify gui_settings->value (PREF.key, PREF.def) calls
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27668
diff
changeset
|
294 selected_comment_string = settings->value (ed_comment_str_old.key, ed_comment_str.def).toInt (); |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
295 |
27672
a36443e94f8a
simplify gui_settings->value (PREF.key, PREF.def) calls
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27668
diff
changeset
|
296 selected_uncomment_string = settings->value (ed_uncomment_str).toInt (); |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
297 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
298 for (int i = 0; i < ed_comment_strings_count; i++) |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
299 { |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
300 m_rb_comment_strings[i] = new QRadioButton (); |
26530
dc02f20df07d
Use check boxes for "uncommenting text" strings in editor properties (bug #55404).
Markus Mützel <markus.muetzel@gmx.de>
parents:
26518
diff
changeset
|
301 m_rb_uncomment_strings[i] = new QCheckBox (); |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
302 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
303 connect (m_rb_comment_strings[i], SIGNAL (clicked (bool)), |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
304 m_rb_uncomment_strings[i], SLOT (setChecked (bool))); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
305 connect (m_rb_comment_strings[i], SIGNAL (toggled (bool)), |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
306 m_rb_uncomment_strings[i], SLOT (setDisabled (bool))); |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
307 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
308 m_rb_comment_strings[i]->setText (ed_comment_strings.at(i)); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
309 m_rb_comment_strings[i]->setChecked (i == selected_comment_string); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
310 layout_comment_strings->addWidget (m_rb_comment_strings[i]); |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
311 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
312 m_rb_uncomment_strings[i]->setText (ed_comment_strings.at(i)); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
313 m_rb_uncomment_strings[i]->setAutoExclusive (false); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
314 m_rb_uncomment_strings[i]->setChecked ( 1 << i & selected_uncomment_string); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
315 layout_uncomment_strings->addWidget (m_rb_uncomment_strings[i]); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
316 } |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
317 |
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
318 |
27861
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
319 combo_eol_mode->setCurrentIndex (settings->value (ed_default_eol_mode).toInt ()); |
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
320 editor_auto_ind_checkbox->setChecked (settings->value (ed_auto_indent).toBool ()); |
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
321 editor_tab_ind_checkbox->setChecked (settings->value (ed_tab_indents_line).toBool ()); |
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
322 editor_bs_unind_checkbox->setChecked (settings->value (ed_backspace_unindents_line).toBool ()); |
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
323 editor_ind_guides_checkbox->setChecked (settings->value (ed_show_indent_guides).toBool ()); |
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
324 editor_ind_width_spinbox->setValue (settings->value (ed_indent_width).toInt ()); |
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
325 editor_ind_uses_tabs_checkbox->setChecked (settings->value (ed_indent_uses_tabs).toBool ()); |
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
326 editor_tab_width_spinbox->setValue (settings->value (ed_tab_width).toInt ()); |
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
327 editor_restoreSession->setChecked (settings->value (ed_restore_session).toBool ()); |
27849
28d7ec92bae6
replace prefs literals by symbolic constant in main window
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27818
diff
changeset
|
328 editor_create_new_file->setChecked (settings->value (ed_create_new_file).toBool ()); |
27861
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
329 editor_reload_changed_files->setChecked (settings->value (ed_always_reload_changed_files).toBool ()); |
28132
4cfe24f56336
add editor prefs for forcing coding standards (bug #57860, bug #57861)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27935
diff
changeset
|
330 editor_force_newline->setChecked (settings->value (ed_force_newline).toBool ()); |
4cfe24f56336
add editor prefs for forcing coding standards (bug #57860, bug #57861)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27935
diff
changeset
|
331 editor_remove_trailing_spaces->setChecked (settings->value (ed_rm_trailing_spaces).toBool ()); |
27861
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
332 editor_hiding_closes_files->setChecked (settings->value (ed_hiding_closes_files).toBool ()); |
27672
a36443e94f8a
simplify gui_settings->value (PREF.key, PREF.def) calls
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27668
diff
changeset
|
333 editor_show_dbg_file->setChecked (settings->value (ed_show_dbg_file).toBool ()); |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
334 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
335 // terminal |
27672
a36443e94f8a
simplify gui_settings->value (PREF.key, PREF.def) calls
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27668
diff
changeset
|
336 QString default_font = settings->value (global_mono_font).toString (); |
26008
38a881b8fbec
do not use courier new as default font (bug #54086)
Torsten <mttl@mailbox.org>
parents:
25974
diff
changeset
|
337 terminal_fontName->setCurrentFont (QFont (settings->value (cs_font.key, default_font).toString ())); |
27672
a36443e94f8a
simplify gui_settings->value (PREF.key, PREF.def) calls
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27668
diff
changeset
|
338 terminal_fontSize->setValue (settings->value (cs_font_size).toInt ()); |
a36443e94f8a
simplify gui_settings->value (PREF.key, PREF.def) calls
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27668
diff
changeset
|
339 terminal_history_buffer->setValue (settings->value (cs_hist_buffer).toInt ()); |
a36443e94f8a
simplify gui_settings->value (PREF.key, PREF.def) calls
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27668
diff
changeset
|
340 terminal_cursorUseForegroundColor->setChecked (settings->value (cs_cursor_use_fgcol).toBool ()); |
27849
28d7ec92bae6
replace prefs literals by symbolic constant in main window
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27818
diff
changeset
|
341 terminal_focus_command->setChecked (settings->value (cs_focus_cmd).toBool ()); |
28d7ec92bae6
replace prefs literals by symbolic constant in main window
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27818
diff
changeset
|
342 terminal_print_dbg_location->setChecked (settings->value (cs_dbg_location).toBool ()); |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
343 |
27583
315c35e6037c
use symbolic constants for command widget preferences
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27570
diff
changeset
|
344 QString cursor_type |
27672
a36443e94f8a
simplify gui_settings->value (PREF.key, PREF.def) calls
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27668
diff
changeset
|
345 = settings->value (cs_cursor).toString (); |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
346 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
347 QStringList items; |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
348 items << QString ("0") << QString ("1") << QString ("2"); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
349 terminal_cursorType->addItems (items); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
350 terminal_cursorType->setItemText (0, tr ("IBeam Cursor")); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
351 terminal_cursorType->setItemText (1, tr ("Block Cursor")); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
352 terminal_cursorType->setItemText (2, tr ("Underline Cursor")); |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
353 |
27583
315c35e6037c
use symbolic constants for command widget preferences
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27570
diff
changeset
|
354 for (unsigned int i = 0; i < cs_cursor_types.size (); i++) |
315c35e6037c
use symbolic constants for command widget preferences
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27570
diff
changeset
|
355 { |
315c35e6037c
use symbolic constants for command widget preferences
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27570
diff
changeset
|
356 if (cursor_type.toStdString () == cs_cursor_types[i]) |
27935
f1844e33f621
maint: Use Octave coding conventions in libgui/ directory.
Rik <rik@octave.org>
parents:
27923
diff
changeset
|
357 { |
f1844e33f621
maint: Use Octave coding conventions in libgui/ directory.
Rik <rik@octave.org>
parents:
27923
diff
changeset
|
358 terminal_cursorType->setCurrentIndex (i); |
f1844e33f621
maint: Use Octave coding conventions in libgui/ directory.
Rik <rik@octave.org>
parents:
27923
diff
changeset
|
359 break; |
f1844e33f621
maint: Use Octave coding conventions in libgui/ directory.
Rik <rik@octave.org>
parents:
27923
diff
changeset
|
360 } |
27583
315c35e6037c
use symbolic constants for command widget preferences
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27570
diff
changeset
|
361 } |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
362 |
29484
bed2fd5b8263
allow a second color theme for the console window (dark mode)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29468
diff
changeset
|
363 read_terminal_colors (settings); |
bed2fd5b8263
allow a second color theme for the console window (dark mode)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29468
diff
changeset
|
364 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
365 // file browser |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
366 connect (sync_octave_directory, SIGNAL (toggled (bool)), |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
367 this, SLOT (set_disabled_pref_file_browser_dir (bool))); |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
368 |
27672
a36443e94f8a
simplify gui_settings->value (PREF.key, PREF.def) calls
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27668
diff
changeset
|
369 sync_octave_directory->setChecked (settings->value (fb_sync_octdir).toBool ()); |
a36443e94f8a
simplify gui_settings->value (PREF.key, PREF.def) calls
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27668
diff
changeset
|
370 cb_restore_file_browser_dir->setChecked (settings->value (fb_restore_last_dir).toBool ()); |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
371 le_file_browser_dir->setText (settings->value (fb_startup_dir.key).toString ()); |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
372 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
373 connect (pb_file_browser_dir, SIGNAL (pressed (void)), |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
374 this, SLOT (get_file_browser_dir (void))); |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
375 |
27672
a36443e94f8a
simplify gui_settings->value (PREF.key, PREF.def) calls
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27668
diff
changeset
|
376 le_file_browser_extensions->setText (settings->value (fb_txt_file_ext).toString ()); |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
377 |
27672
a36443e94f8a
simplify gui_settings->value (PREF.key, PREF.def) calls
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27668
diff
changeset
|
378 checkbox_allow_web_connect->setChecked (settings->value (nr_allow_connection).toBool ()); |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
379 |
28409
ed8d11b1027d
reorganize network preferences in settings dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
28340
diff
changeset
|
380 // Proxy |
ed8d11b1027d
reorganize network preferences in settings dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
28340
diff
changeset
|
381 bool use_proxy = settings->value (global_use_proxy.key, global_use_proxy.def).toBool (); |
ed8d11b1027d
reorganize network preferences in settings dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
28340
diff
changeset
|
382 use_proxy_server->setChecked (use_proxy); |
ed8d11b1027d
reorganize network preferences in settings dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
28340
diff
changeset
|
383 // Fill combo box and activate current one |
ed8d11b1027d
reorganize network preferences in settings dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
28340
diff
changeset
|
384 QString proxy_type_string = settings->value (global_proxy_type.key, global_proxy_type.def).toString (); |
ed8d11b1027d
reorganize network preferences in settings dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
28340
diff
changeset
|
385 proxy_type->addItems (global_proxy_all_types); |
ed8d11b1027d
reorganize network preferences in settings dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
28340
diff
changeset
|
386 for (int i = 0; i < global_proxy_all_types.length (); i++) |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
387 { |
28409
ed8d11b1027d
reorganize network preferences in settings dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
28340
diff
changeset
|
388 if (proxy_type->itemText (i) == proxy_type_string) |
ed8d11b1027d
reorganize network preferences in settings dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
28340
diff
changeset
|
389 { |
ed8d11b1027d
reorganize network preferences in settings dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
28340
diff
changeset
|
390 proxy_type->setCurrentIndex (i); |
ed8d11b1027d
reorganize network preferences in settings dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
28340
diff
changeset
|
391 break; |
ed8d11b1027d
reorganize network preferences in settings dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
28340
diff
changeset
|
392 } |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
393 } |
28409
ed8d11b1027d
reorganize network preferences in settings dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
28340
diff
changeset
|
394 // Fill all line edits |
ed8d11b1027d
reorganize network preferences in settings dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
28340
diff
changeset
|
395 proxy_host_name->setText (settings->value (global_proxy_host.key, global_proxy_host.def).toString ()); |
ed8d11b1027d
reorganize network preferences in settings dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
28340
diff
changeset
|
396 proxy_port->setText (settings->value (global_proxy_port.key, global_proxy_port.def).toString ()); |
ed8d11b1027d
reorganize network preferences in settings dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
28340
diff
changeset
|
397 proxy_username->setText (settings->value (global_proxy_user.key, global_proxy_user.def).toString ()); |
ed8d11b1027d
reorganize network preferences in settings dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
28340
diff
changeset
|
398 proxy_password->setText (settings->value (global_proxy_pass.key, global_proxy_pass.def).toString ()); |
ed8d11b1027d
reorganize network preferences in settings dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
28340
diff
changeset
|
399 // Connect relevant signals for dis-/enabling some elements |
ed8d11b1027d
reorganize network preferences in settings dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
28340
diff
changeset
|
400 connect (proxy_type, SIGNAL (currentIndexChanged (int)), |
ed8d11b1027d
reorganize network preferences in settings dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
28340
diff
changeset
|
401 this, SLOT (proxy_items_update (void))); |
ed8d11b1027d
reorganize network preferences in settings dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
28340
diff
changeset
|
402 connect (use_proxy_server, SIGNAL (toggled (bool)), |
ed8d11b1027d
reorganize network preferences in settings dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
28340
diff
changeset
|
403 this, SLOT (proxy_items_update (void))); |
ed8d11b1027d
reorganize network preferences in settings dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
28340
diff
changeset
|
404 // Check whehter line edits have to be enabled |
ed8d11b1027d
reorganize network preferences in settings dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
28340
diff
changeset
|
405 proxy_items_update (); |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
406 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
407 // Workspace |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
408 read_workspace_colors (settings); |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
409 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
410 // variable editor |
27672
a36443e94f8a
simplify gui_settings->value (PREF.key, PREF.def) calls
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27668
diff
changeset
|
411 varedit_columnWidth->setValue (settings->value (ve_column_width).toInt ()); |
a36443e94f8a
simplify gui_settings->value (PREF.key, PREF.def) calls
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27668
diff
changeset
|
412 varedit_rowHeight->setValue (settings->value (ve_row_height).toInt ()); |
27662
3b078b750181
replace preference literals by symbolic constants for variable editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27660
diff
changeset
|
413 |
3b078b750181
replace preference literals by symbolic constants for variable editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27660
diff
changeset
|
414 varedit_font->setCurrentFont (QFont (settings->value (ve_font_name.key, |
3b078b750181
replace preference literals by symbolic constants for variable editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27660
diff
changeset
|
415 settings->value (cs_font.key, default_font)).toString ())); |
27672
a36443e94f8a
simplify gui_settings->value (PREF.key, PREF.def) calls
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27668
diff
changeset
|
416 varedit_fontSize->setValue (settings->value (ve_font_size).toInt ()); |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
417 connect (varedit_useTerminalFont, SIGNAL (toggled (bool)), |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
418 varedit_font, SLOT (setDisabled (bool))); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
419 connect (varedit_useTerminalFont, SIGNAL (toggled (bool)), |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
420 varedit_fontSize, SLOT (setDisabled (bool))); |
27672
a36443e94f8a
simplify gui_settings->value (PREF.key, PREF.def) calls
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27668
diff
changeset
|
421 varedit_useTerminalFont->setChecked (settings->value (ve_use_terminal_font).toBool ()); |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
422 varedit_font->setDisabled (varedit_useTerminalFont->isChecked ()); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
423 varedit_fontSize->setDisabled (varedit_useTerminalFont->isChecked ()); |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
424 |
27672
a36443e94f8a
simplify gui_settings->value (PREF.key, PREF.def) calls
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27668
diff
changeset
|
425 varedit_alternate->setChecked (settings->value (ve_alternate_rows).toBool ()); |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
426 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
427 // variable editor colors |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
428 read_varedit_colors (settings); |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
429 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
430 // shortcuts |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
431 |
27630
262cdd0f7619
don't use singleton pattern for shortcut manager in GUI
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27629
diff
changeset
|
432 shortcut_manager& scmgr = m_octave_qobj.get_shortcut_manager (); |
262cdd0f7619
don't use singleton pattern for shortcut manager in GUI
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27629
diff
changeset
|
433 |
27818
fa0582694fda
replace literal strings by symbolic constants for shortcut preferences
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27805
diff
changeset
|
434 cb_prevent_readline_conflicts->setChecked ( |
fa0582694fda
replace literal strings by symbolic constants for shortcut preferences
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27805
diff
changeset
|
435 settings->value (sc_prevent_rl_conflicts.key, |
fa0582694fda
replace literal strings by symbolic constants for shortcut preferences
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27805
diff
changeset
|
436 sc_prevent_rl_conflicts.def).toBool ()); |
29084
2a70a068c4ab
add option for using alt-modifer in command windows readline (bug #59478)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
28409
diff
changeset
|
437 cb_prevent_readline_conflicts_menu->setChecked ( |
2a70a068c4ab
add option for using alt-modifer in command windows readline (bug #59478)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
28409
diff
changeset
|
438 settings->value (sc_prevent_rl_conflicts_menu.key, |
2a70a068c4ab
add option for using alt-modifer in command windows readline (bug #59478)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
28409
diff
changeset
|
439 sc_prevent_rl_conflicts_menu.def).toBool ()); |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
440 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
441 // initialize the tree view with all shortcut data |
27630
262cdd0f7619
don't use singleton pattern for shortcut manager in GUI
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27629
diff
changeset
|
442 scmgr.fill_treewidget (shortcuts_treewidget); |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
443 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
444 // connect the buttons for import/export of the shortcut sets |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
445 connect (btn_import_shortcut_set, SIGNAL (clicked (void)), |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
446 this, SLOT (import_shortcut_set (void))); |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
447 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
448 connect (btn_export_shortcut_set, SIGNAL (clicked (void)), |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
449 this, SLOT (export_shortcut_set (void))); |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
450 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
451 connect (btn_default_shortcut_set, SIGNAL (clicked (void)), |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
452 this, SLOT (default_shortcut_set (void))); |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
453 |
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
454 #if defined (HAVE_QSCINTILLA) |
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
455 |
29498
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
456 int ed_mode = settings->value (ed_color_mode).toInt (); |
29524
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
457 |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
458 QCheckBox *cb_color_mode = new QCheckBox (settings_color_modes, |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
459 group_box_editor_styles); |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
460 cb_color_mode->setToolTip (settings_color_modes_tooltip); |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
461 cb_color_mode->setChecked (ed_mode > 0); |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
462 cb_color_mode->setObjectName (ed_color_mode.key); |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
463 |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
464 QPushButton *pb_reload_default_colors = new QPushButton (settings_reload_styles); |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
465 pb_reload_default_colors->setToolTip (settings_reload_styles_tooltip); |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
466 |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
467 editor_style_grid->addWidget (cb_color_mode, 0, 0); |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
468 editor_style_grid->addWidget (pb_reload_default_colors, 0, 1); |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
469 editor_style_grid->addItem (new QSpacerItem (5,5,QSizePolicy::Expanding), 0, 2); |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
470 |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
471 |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
472 |
29498
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
473 // update colors depending on second theme selection |
29524
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
474 connect (cb_color_mode, SIGNAL (stateChanged (int)), |
29498
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
475 this, SLOT (update_editor_lexers (int))); |
29524
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
476 connect (pb_reload_default_colors, &QPushButton::clicked, |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
477 [=] () { update_editor_lexers (settings_reload_default_colors_flag); }); |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
478 |
29498
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
479 // finally read the lexer colors using the update slot |
29524
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
480 update_editor_lexers (); |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
481 |
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
482 #endif |
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
483 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
484 // which tab is the desired one? |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
485 show_tab (desired_tab); |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
486 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
487 // connect button box signal |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
488 connect (button_box, SIGNAL (clicked (QAbstractButton *)), |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
489 this, SLOT (button_clicked (QAbstractButton *))); |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
490 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
491 // restore last geometry |
27867
99371079780f
use symbolic constants for settings dialogs prefs
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27861
diff
changeset
|
492 if (settings->contains (sd_geometry.key)) |
99371079780f
use symbolic constants for settings dialogs prefs
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27861
diff
changeset
|
493 restoreGeometry (settings->value (sd_geometry).toByteArray ()); |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
494 else |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
495 setGeometry (QRect (10,50,1000,600)); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
496 } |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
497 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
498 void settings_dialog::show_tab (const QString& tab) |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
499 { |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
500 if (tab.isEmpty ()) |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
501 { |
27629
8b6e928e0705
in GUI objects, store reference to base_qobject instead of resource_manager
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27620
diff
changeset
|
502 resource_manager& rmgr = m_octave_qobj.get_resource_manager (); |
8b6e928e0705
in GUI objects, store reference to base_qobject instead of resource_manager
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27620
diff
changeset
|
503 gui_settings *settings = rmgr.get_settings (); |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
504 if (settings) |
27867
99371079780f
use symbolic constants for settings dialogs prefs
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27861
diff
changeset
|
505 tabWidget->setCurrentIndex (settings->value (sd_last_tab).toInt ()); |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
506 } |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
507 else |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
508 { |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
509 QHash <QString, QWidget*> tab_hash; |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
510 tab_hash["editor"] = tab_editor; |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
511 tab_hash["editor_styles"] = tab_editor; |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
512 tabWidget->setCurrentIndex (tabWidget->indexOf (tab_hash.value (tab))); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
513 if (tab == "editor_styles") |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
514 tab_editor_scroll_area->ensureWidgetVisible (group_box_editor_styles); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
515 } |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
516 } |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
517 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
518 void settings_dialog::get_octave_dir (void) |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
519 { |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
520 get_dir (le_octave_dir, tr ("Set Octave Startup Directory")); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
521 } |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
522 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
523 void settings_dialog::get_file_browser_dir (void) |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
524 { |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
525 get_dir (le_file_browser_dir, tr ("Set File Browser Startup Directory")); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
526 } |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
527 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
528 void settings_dialog::get_dir (QLineEdit *line_edit, const QString& title) |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
529 { |
26096
1002b49ce7b3
Make use of native file dialogs configurable (bug #54607).
Kai T. Ohlhus <k.ohlhus@gmail.com>
parents:
26008
diff
changeset
|
530 // FIXME: Remove, if for all common KDE versions (bug #54607) is resolved. |
1002b49ce7b3
Make use of native file dialogs configurable (bug #54607).
Kai T. Ohlhus <k.ohlhus@gmail.com>
parents:
26008
diff
changeset
|
531 int opts = QFileDialog::ShowDirsOnly | QFileDialog::DontResolveSymlinks; |
27629
8b6e928e0705
in GUI objects, store reference to base_qobject instead of resource_manager
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27620
diff
changeset
|
532 resource_manager& rmgr = m_octave_qobj.get_resource_manager (); |
8b6e928e0705
in GUI objects, store reference to base_qobject instead of resource_manager
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27620
diff
changeset
|
533 gui_settings *settings = rmgr.get_settings (); |
27672
a36443e94f8a
simplify gui_settings->value (PREF.key, PREF.def) calls
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27668
diff
changeset
|
534 if (! settings->value (global_use_native_dialogs).toBool ()) |
26096
1002b49ce7b3
Make use of native file dialogs configurable (bug #54607).
Kai T. Ohlhus <k.ohlhus@gmail.com>
parents:
26008
diff
changeset
|
535 opts |= QFileDialog::DontUseNativeDialog; |
1002b49ce7b3
Make use of native file dialogs configurable (bug #54607).
Kai T. Ohlhus <k.ohlhus@gmail.com>
parents:
26008
diff
changeset
|
536 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
537 QString dir = QFileDialog::getExistingDirectory |
26096
1002b49ce7b3
Make use of native file dialogs configurable (bug #54607).
Kai T. Ohlhus <k.ohlhus@gmail.com>
parents:
26008
diff
changeset
|
538 (this, title, line_edit->text (), QFileDialog::Option (opts)); |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
539 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
540 line_edit->setText (dir); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
541 } |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
542 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
543 void settings_dialog::button_clicked (QAbstractButton *button) |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
544 { |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
545 QDialogButtonBox::ButtonRole button_role = button_box->buttonRole (button); |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
546 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
547 if (button_role == QDialogButtonBox::ApplyRole |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
548 || button_role == QDialogButtonBox::AcceptRole) |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
549 { |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
550 write_changed_settings (button_role == QDialogButtonBox::AcceptRole); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
551 emit apply_new_settings (); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
552 } |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
553 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
554 if (button_role == QDialogButtonBox::RejectRole |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
555 || button_role == QDialogButtonBox::AcceptRole) |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
556 close (); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
557 } |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
558 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
559 void settings_dialog::set_disabled_pref_file_browser_dir (bool disable) |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
560 { |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
561 cb_restore_file_browser_dir->setDisabled (disable); |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
562 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
563 if (! disable) |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
564 { |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
565 le_file_browser_dir->setDisabled (cb_restore_file_browser_dir->isChecked ()); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
566 pb_file_browser_dir->setDisabled (cb_restore_file_browser_dir->isChecked ()); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
567 } |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
568 else |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
569 { |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
570 le_file_browser_dir->setDisabled (disable); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
571 pb_file_browser_dir->setDisabled (disable); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
572 } |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
573 } |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
574 |
28409
ed8d11b1027d
reorganize network preferences in settings dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
28340
diff
changeset
|
575 // slot for updating enabled state of proxy settings |
ed8d11b1027d
reorganize network preferences in settings dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
28340
diff
changeset
|
576 void settings_dialog::proxy_items_update (void) |
ed8d11b1027d
reorganize network preferences in settings dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
28340
diff
changeset
|
577 { |
ed8d11b1027d
reorganize network preferences in settings dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
28340
diff
changeset
|
578 bool use_proxy = use_proxy_server->isChecked (); |
ed8d11b1027d
reorganize network preferences in settings dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
28340
diff
changeset
|
579 |
ed8d11b1027d
reorganize network preferences in settings dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
28340
diff
changeset
|
580 bool manual = false; |
ed8d11b1027d
reorganize network preferences in settings dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
28340
diff
changeset
|
581 for (int i = 0; i < global_proxy_manual_types.length (); i++) |
ed8d11b1027d
reorganize network preferences in settings dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
28340
diff
changeset
|
582 { |
ed8d11b1027d
reorganize network preferences in settings dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
28340
diff
changeset
|
583 if (proxy_type->currentIndex () == global_proxy_manual_types.at (i)) |
ed8d11b1027d
reorganize network preferences in settings dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
28340
diff
changeset
|
584 { |
ed8d11b1027d
reorganize network preferences in settings dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
28340
diff
changeset
|
585 manual = true; |
ed8d11b1027d
reorganize network preferences in settings dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
28340
diff
changeset
|
586 break; |
ed8d11b1027d
reorganize network preferences in settings dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
28340
diff
changeset
|
587 } |
ed8d11b1027d
reorganize network preferences in settings dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
28340
diff
changeset
|
588 } |
ed8d11b1027d
reorganize network preferences in settings dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
28340
diff
changeset
|
589 |
ed8d11b1027d
reorganize network preferences in settings dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
28340
diff
changeset
|
590 proxy_type->setEnabled (use_proxy); |
ed8d11b1027d
reorganize network preferences in settings dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
28340
diff
changeset
|
591 proxy_host_name_label->setEnabled (use_proxy && manual); |
ed8d11b1027d
reorganize network preferences in settings dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
28340
diff
changeset
|
592 proxy_host_name->setEnabled (use_proxy && manual); |
ed8d11b1027d
reorganize network preferences in settings dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
28340
diff
changeset
|
593 proxy_port_label->setEnabled (use_proxy && manual); |
ed8d11b1027d
reorganize network preferences in settings dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
28340
diff
changeset
|
594 proxy_port->setEnabled (use_proxy && manual); |
ed8d11b1027d
reorganize network preferences in settings dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
28340
diff
changeset
|
595 proxy_username_label->setEnabled (use_proxy && manual); |
ed8d11b1027d
reorganize network preferences in settings dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
28340
diff
changeset
|
596 proxy_username->setEnabled (use_proxy && manual); |
ed8d11b1027d
reorganize network preferences in settings dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
28340
diff
changeset
|
597 proxy_password_label->setEnabled (use_proxy && manual); |
ed8d11b1027d
reorganize network preferences in settings dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
28340
diff
changeset
|
598 proxy_password->setEnabled (use_proxy && manual); |
ed8d11b1027d
reorganize network preferences in settings dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
28340
diff
changeset
|
599 } |
ed8d11b1027d
reorganize network preferences in settings dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
28340
diff
changeset
|
600 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
601 // slots for import/export of shortcut sets |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
602 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
603 void settings_dialog::import_shortcut_set (void) |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
604 { |
27630
262cdd0f7619
don't use singleton pattern for shortcut manager in GUI
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27629
diff
changeset
|
605 shortcut_manager& scmgr = m_octave_qobj.get_shortcut_manager (); |
262cdd0f7619
don't use singleton pattern for shortcut manager in GUI
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27629
diff
changeset
|
606 |
262cdd0f7619
don't use singleton pattern for shortcut manager in GUI
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27629
diff
changeset
|
607 scmgr.import_export (shortcut_manager::OSC_IMPORT); |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
608 } |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
609 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
610 void settings_dialog::export_shortcut_set (void) |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
611 { |
27630
262cdd0f7619
don't use singleton pattern for shortcut manager in GUI
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27629
diff
changeset
|
612 shortcut_manager& scmgr = m_octave_qobj.get_shortcut_manager (); |
262cdd0f7619
don't use singleton pattern for shortcut manager in GUI
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27629
diff
changeset
|
613 |
262cdd0f7619
don't use singleton pattern for shortcut manager in GUI
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27629
diff
changeset
|
614 scmgr.import_export (shortcut_manager::OSC_EXPORT); |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
615 } |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
616 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
617 void settings_dialog::default_shortcut_set (void) |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
618 { |
27630
262cdd0f7619
don't use singleton pattern for shortcut manager in GUI
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27629
diff
changeset
|
619 shortcut_manager& scmgr = m_octave_qobj.get_shortcut_manager (); |
262cdd0f7619
don't use singleton pattern for shortcut manager in GUI
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27629
diff
changeset
|
620 |
262cdd0f7619
don't use singleton pattern for shortcut manager in GUI
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27629
diff
changeset
|
621 scmgr.import_export (shortcut_manager::OSC_DEFAULT); |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
622 } |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
623 |
29524
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
624 void settings_dialog::update_editor_lexers (int def) |
29498
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
625 { |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
626 #if defined (HAVE_QSCINTILLA) |
29524
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
627 QCheckBox *cb_color_mode |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
628 = group_box_editor_styles->findChild <QCheckBox *> (ed_color_mode.key); |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
629 |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
630 int m = 0; |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
631 if (cb_color_mode && cb_color_mode->isChecked ()) |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
632 m = 1; |
29498
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
633 |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
634 // editor styles: create lexer, read settings, and |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
635 // create or update dialog elements |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
636 QsciLexer *lexer; |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
637 |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
638 resource_manager& rmgr = m_octave_qobj.get_resource_manager (); |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
639 gui_settings *settings = rmgr.get_settings (); |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
640 |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
641 #if defined (HAVE_LEXER_OCTAVE) |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
642 lexer = new QsciLexerOctave (); |
29524
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
643 update_lexer (lexer, settings, m, def); |
29498
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
644 delete lexer; |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
645 #elif defined (HAVE_LEXER_MATLAB) |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
646 lexer = new QsciLexerMatlab (); |
29524
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
647 update_lexer (lexer, settings, m, def); |
29498
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
648 delete lexer; |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
649 #endif |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
650 |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
651 lexer = new QsciLexerCPP (); |
29524
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
652 update_lexer (lexer, settings, m, def); |
29498
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
653 delete lexer; |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
654 |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
655 lexer = new QsciLexerJava (); |
29524
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
656 update_lexer (lexer, settings, m, def); |
29498
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
657 delete lexer; |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
658 |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
659 lexer = new QsciLexerPerl (); |
29524
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
660 update_lexer (lexer, settings, m, def); |
29498
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
661 delete lexer; |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
662 |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
663 lexer = new QsciLexerBatch (); |
29524
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
664 update_lexer (lexer, settings, m, def); |
29498
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
665 delete lexer; |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
666 |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
667 lexer = new QsciLexerDiff (); |
29524
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
668 update_lexer (lexer, settings, m, def); |
29498
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
669 delete lexer; |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
670 |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
671 lexer = new QsciLexerBash (); |
29524
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
672 update_lexer (lexer, settings, m, def); |
29498
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
673 delete lexer; |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
674 |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
675 lexer = new octave_txt_lexer (); |
29524
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
676 update_lexer (lexer, settings, m, def); |
29498
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
677 delete lexer; |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
678 #endif |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
679 } |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
680 |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
681 #if defined (HAVE_QSCINTILLA) |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
682 |
29524
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
683 void settings_dialog::update_lexer (QsciLexer *lexer, gui_settings *settings, |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
684 int mode, int def) |
29498
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
685 { |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
686 // Get lexer settings and copy from default settings if not yet |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
687 // available in normal settings file |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
688 resource_manager& rmgr = m_octave_qobj.get_resource_manager (); |
29524
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
689 rmgr.read_lexer_settings (lexer, settings, mode, def); |
29498
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
690 |
29524
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
691 // When reloading default styles, the style tabs do already exists. |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
692 // Otherwise, check if they exist or not. |
29498
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
693 QString lexer_name = lexer->language (); |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
694 |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
695 int index = -1; |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
696 for (int i = 0; i < tabs_editor_lexers->count (); i++) |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
697 { |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
698 if (tabs_editor_lexers->tabText (i) == lexer_name) |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
699 { |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
700 index = i; |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
701 break; |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
702 } |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
703 } |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
704 |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
705 if (index == -1) |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
706 { |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
707 // This is not an update, call get_lexer_settings for building |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
708 // the settings tab |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
709 get_lexer_settings (lexer, settings); |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
710 return; |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
711 } |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
712 |
29524
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
713 // Update the styles elements in all styles |
29498
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
714 int styles[ed_max_lexer_styles]; // array for saving valid styles |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
715 int max_style = rmgr.get_valid_lexer_styles (lexer, styles); |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
716 QWidget *tab = tabs_editor_lexers->widget (index); |
29524
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
717 int default_size = 0; |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
718 QString default_family; |
29498
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
719 |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
720 for (int i = 0; i < max_style; i++) // create dialog elements for all styles |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
721 { |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
722 QString actual_name = lexer->description (styles[i]); |
29524
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
723 color_picker *bg_color |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
724 = tab->findChild <color_picker *> (actual_name + "_bg_color"); |
29498
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
725 if (bg_color) |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
726 { |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
727 // Update |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
728 if (styles[i] == 0) |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
729 bg_color->set_color (lexer->defaultPaper ()); |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
730 else |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
731 { |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
732 if (lexer->paper (styles[i]) == lexer->defaultPaper ()) |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
733 bg_color->set_color (settings_color_no_change); |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
734 else |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
735 bg_color->set_color (lexer->paper (styles[i])); |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
736 } |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
737 } |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
738 |
29524
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
739 color_picker *color = tab->findChild <color_picker *> (actual_name + "_color"); |
29498
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
740 if (color) |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
741 color->set_color (lexer->color (styles[i])); |
29524
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
742 |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
743 QFont font = lexer->font (styles[i]); |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
744 |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
745 QCheckBox *cb = tab->findChild <QCheckBox *> (actual_name + "_bold"); |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
746 if (cb) |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
747 cb->setChecked (font.bold ()); |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
748 cb = tab->findChild <QCheckBox *> (actual_name + "_italic"); |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
749 if (cb) |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
750 cb->setChecked (font.italic ()); |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
751 cb = tab->findChild <QCheckBox *> (actual_name + "_underline"); |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
752 if (cb) |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
753 cb->setChecked (font.underline ()); |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
754 |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
755 QFontComboBox *fcb = tab->findChild <QFontComboBox *> (actual_name + "_font"); |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
756 if (fcb) |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
757 { |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
758 if (styles[i] == 0) |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
759 { |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
760 default_family = font.family (); |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
761 fcb->setEditText (default_family); |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
762 } |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
763 else |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
764 { |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
765 if (font.family () == default_family) |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
766 fcb->setEditText (lexer->description (0)); |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
767 else |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
768 fcb->setEditText (font.family ()); |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
769 } |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
770 } |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
771 QSpinBox *fs = tab->findChild <QSpinBox *> (actual_name + "_size"); |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
772 if (fs) |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
773 { |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
774 if (styles[i] == 0) |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
775 { |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
776 default_size = font.pointSize (); |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
777 fs->setValue (default_size); |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
778 } |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
779 else |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
780 fs->setValue (font.pointSize () - default_size); |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
781 } |
29498
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
782 } |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
783 |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
784 } |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
785 |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
786 void settings_dialog::get_lexer_settings (QsciLexer *lexer, |
27611
0495b64288f7
use new gui_settings class instead of using QSettings directly
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27583
diff
changeset
|
787 gui_settings *settings) |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
788 { |
29162
bb6bb306b8a6
copy lexer settings from default settings file for new languages
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29148
diff
changeset
|
789 resource_manager& rmgr = m_octave_qobj.get_resource_manager (); |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
790 |
29498
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
791 int styles[ed_max_lexer_styles]; // array for saving valid styles |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
792 // (enum is not continuous) |
29498
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
793 int max_style = rmgr.get_valid_lexer_styles (lexer, styles); |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
794 QGridLayout *style_grid = new QGridLayout (); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
795 QVector<QLabel*> description (max_style); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
796 QVector<QFontComboBox*> select_font (max_style); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
797 QVector<QSpinBox*> font_size (max_style); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
798 QVector<QCheckBox*> attrib_font (3 * max_style); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
799 QVector<color_picker*> color (max_style); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
800 QVector<color_picker*> bg_color (max_style); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
801 int default_size = 10; |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
802 QFont default_font = QFont (); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
803 int label_width; |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
804 QColor default_color = QColor (); |
20279
3a745710eaca
Avoid HAVE_ macro in header file.
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
19913
diff
changeset
|
805 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
806 for (int i = 0; i < max_style; i++) // create dialog elements for all styles |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
807 { |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
808 QString actual_name = lexer->description (styles[i]); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
809 QFont actual_font = lexer->font (styles[i]); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
810 description[i] = new QLabel (actual_name); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
811 description[i]->setWordWrap (true); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
812 label_width = 24*description[i]->fontMetrics ().averageCharWidth (); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
813 description[i]->setMaximumSize (label_width, QWIDGETSIZE_MAX); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
814 description[i]->setMinimumSize (label_width, 1); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
815 select_font[i] = new QFontComboBox (); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
816 select_font[i]->setObjectName (actual_name + "_font"); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
817 select_font[i]->setMaximumSize (label_width, QWIDGETSIZE_MAX); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
818 select_font[i]->setMinimumSize (label_width, 1); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
819 font_size[i] = new QSpinBox (); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
820 font_size[i]->setObjectName (actual_name + "_size"); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
821 if (styles[i] == 0) // the default |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
822 { |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
823 select_font[i]->setCurrentFont (actual_font); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
824 default_font = actual_font; |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
825 font_size[i]->setRange (6, 24); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
826 default_size = actual_font.pointSize (); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
827 font_size[i]->setValue (default_size); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
828 default_color = lexer->defaultPaper (); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
829 bg_color[i] = new color_picker (default_color); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
830 } |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
831 else // other styles |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
832 { |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
833 select_font[i]->setCurrentFont (actual_font); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
834 if (actual_font.family () == default_font.family ()) |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
835 select_font[i]->setEditText (lexer->description (0)); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
836 font_size[i]->setRange (-4, 4); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
837 font_size[i]->setValue (actual_font.pointSize ()-default_size); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
838 font_size[i]->setToolTip (QObject::tr ("Difference to the default size")); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
839 if (lexer->paper (styles[i]) == default_color) |
29498
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
840 bg_color[i] = new color_picker (settings_color_no_change); |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
841 else |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
842 bg_color[i] = new color_picker (lexer->paper (styles[i])); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
843 bg_color[i]->setToolTip |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
844 (QObject::tr ("Background color, pink (255, 0, 255) means default")); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
845 } |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
846 attrib_font[0+3*i] = new QCheckBox (QObject::tr ("b", "short form for bold")); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
847 attrib_font[1+3*i] = new QCheckBox (QObject::tr ("i", "short form for italic")); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
848 attrib_font[2+3*i] = new QCheckBox (QObject::tr ("u", "short form for underlined")); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
849 attrib_font[0+3*i]->setChecked (actual_font.bold ()); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
850 attrib_font[0+3*i]->setObjectName (actual_name + "_bold"); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
851 attrib_font[1+3*i]->setChecked (actual_font.italic ()); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
852 attrib_font[1+3*i]->setObjectName (actual_name + "_italic"); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
853 attrib_font[2+3*i]->setChecked (actual_font.underline ()); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
854 attrib_font[2+3*i]->setObjectName (actual_name + "_underline"); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
855 color[i] = new color_picker (lexer->color (styles[i])); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
856 color[i]->setObjectName (actual_name + "_color"); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
857 bg_color[i]->setObjectName (actual_name + "_bg_color"); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
858 int column = 1; |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
859 style_grid->addWidget (description[i], i, column++); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
860 style_grid->addWidget (select_font[i], i, column++); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
861 style_grid->addWidget (font_size[i], i, column++); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
862 style_grid->addWidget (attrib_font[0+3*i], i, column++); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
863 style_grid->addWidget (attrib_font[1+3*i], i, column++); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
864 style_grid->addWidget (attrib_font[2+3*i], i, column++); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
865 style_grid->addWidget (color[i], i, column++); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
866 style_grid->addWidget (bg_color[i], i, column++); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
867 } |
29498
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
868 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
869 // place grid with elements into the tab |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
870 QScrollArea *scroll_area = new QScrollArea (); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
871 QWidget *scroll_area_contents = new QWidget (); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
872 scroll_area_contents->setObjectName (QString (lexer->language ()) + "_styles"); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
873 scroll_area_contents->setLayout (style_grid); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
874 scroll_area->setWidget (scroll_area_contents); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
875 tabs_editor_lexers->addTab (scroll_area, lexer->language ()); |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
876 |
27867
99371079780f
use symbolic constants for settings dialogs prefs
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27861
diff
changeset
|
877 tabs_editor_lexers->setCurrentIndex (settings->value (sd_last_editor_styles_tab).toInt ()); |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
878 } |
20279
3a745710eaca
Avoid HAVE_ macro in header file.
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
19913
diff
changeset
|
879 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
880 void settings_dialog::write_lexer_settings (QsciLexer *lexer, |
29524
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
881 gui_settings *settings) |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
882 { |
29498
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
883 resource_manager& rmgr = m_octave_qobj.get_resource_manager (); |
25953
526b51129c06
inherit Ui class in settings dialog instead of using pointer to member
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25870
diff
changeset
|
884 |
29524
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
885 QCheckBox *cb_color_mode |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
886 = group_box_editor_styles->findChild <QCheckBox *> (ed_color_mode.key); |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
887 int mode = 0; |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
888 if (cb_color_mode && cb_color_mode->isChecked ()) |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
889 mode = 1; |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
890 |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
891 settings->setValue (ed_color_mode.key, mode); |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
892 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
893 QWidget *tab = tabs_editor_lexers-> |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
894 findChild <QWidget *> (QString (lexer->language ()) + "_styles"); |
29498
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
895 int styles[ed_max_lexer_styles]; // array for saving valid styles |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
896 // (enum is not continuous) |
29498
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
897 int max_style = rmgr.get_valid_lexer_styles (lexer, styles); |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
898 QFontComboBox *select_font; |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
899 QSpinBox *font_size; |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
900 QCheckBox *attrib_font[3]; |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
901 color_picker *color; |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
902 color_picker *bg_color; |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
903 int default_size = 10; |
26008
38a881b8fbec
do not use courier new as default font (bug #54086)
Torsten <mttl@mailbox.org>
parents:
25974
diff
changeset
|
904 |
38a881b8fbec
do not use courier new as default font (bug #54086)
Torsten <mttl@mailbox.org>
parents:
25974
diff
changeset
|
905 QString default_font_name |
27672
a36443e94f8a
simplify gui_settings->value (PREF.key, PREF.def) calls
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27668
diff
changeset
|
906 = settings->value (global_mono_font).toString (); |
26008
38a881b8fbec
do not use courier new as default font (bug #54086)
Torsten <mttl@mailbox.org>
parents:
25974
diff
changeset
|
907 QFont default_font = QFont (default_font_name, 10, -1, 0); |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
908 QColor default_color = QColor (); |
20279
3a745710eaca
Avoid HAVE_ macro in header file.
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
19913
diff
changeset
|
909 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
910 for (int i = 0; i < max_style; i++) // get dialog elements and their contents |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
911 { |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
912 QString actual_name = lexer->description (styles[i]); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
913 select_font = tab->findChild <QFontComboBox *> (actual_name + "_font"); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
914 font_size = tab->findChild <QSpinBox *> (actual_name + "_size"); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
915 attrib_font[0] = tab->findChild <QCheckBox *> (actual_name + "_bold"); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
916 attrib_font[1] = tab->findChild <QCheckBox *> (actual_name + "_italic"); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
917 attrib_font[2] = tab->findChild <QCheckBox *> (actual_name + "_underline"); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
918 color = tab->findChild <color_picker *> (actual_name + "_color"); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
919 bg_color = tab->findChild <color_picker *> (actual_name + "_bg_color"); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
920 QFont new_font = default_font; |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
921 if (select_font) |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
922 { |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
923 new_font = select_font->currentFont (); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
924 if (styles[i] == 0) |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
925 default_font = new_font; |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
926 else if (select_font->currentText () == lexer->description (0)) |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
927 new_font = default_font; |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
928 } |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
929 if (font_size) |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
930 { |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
931 if (styles[i] == 0) |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
932 { |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
933 default_size = font_size->value (); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
934 new_font.setPointSize (font_size->value ()); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
935 } |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
936 else |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
937 new_font.setPointSize (font_size->value ()+default_size); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
938 } |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
939 if (attrib_font[0]) |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
940 new_font.setBold (attrib_font[0]->isChecked ()); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
941 if (attrib_font[1]) |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
942 new_font.setItalic (attrib_font[1]->isChecked ()); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
943 if (attrib_font[2]) |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
944 new_font.setUnderline (attrib_font[2]->isChecked ()); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
945 lexer->setFont (new_font, styles[i]); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
946 if (styles[i] == 0) |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
947 lexer->setDefaultFont (new_font); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
948 if (color) |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
949 lexer->setColor (color->color (), styles[i]); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
950 if (bg_color) |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
951 { |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
952 if (styles[i] == 0) |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
953 { |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
954 default_color = bg_color->color (); |
24011
9107bae20480
style fixes for some GUI source files
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
23996
diff
changeset
|
955 lexer->setPaper (default_color, styles[i]); |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
956 lexer->setDefaultPaper (default_color); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
957 } |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
958 else |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
959 { |
29498
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
960 if (bg_color->color () == settings_color_no_change) |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
961 lexer->setPaper (default_color, styles[i]); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
962 else |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
963 lexer->setPaper (bg_color->color (), styles[i]); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
964 } |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
965 } |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
966 } |
20279
3a745710eaca
Avoid HAVE_ macro in header file.
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
19913
diff
changeset
|
967 |
29524
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
968 const char* group = QString ("Scintilla" + settings_color_modes_ext[mode]) |
29498
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
969 .toStdString ().c_str (); |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
970 |
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
971 lexer->writeSettings (*settings, group); |
20279
3a745710eaca
Avoid HAVE_ macro in header file.
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
19913
diff
changeset
|
972 |
27867
99371079780f
use symbolic constants for settings dialogs prefs
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27861
diff
changeset
|
973 settings->setValue (sd_last_editor_styles_tab.key, |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
974 tabs_editor_lexers->currentIndex ()); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
975 settings->sync (); |
29498
5384bb4efc51
rearrange default lexer settings and add second color mode to gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29488
diff
changeset
|
976 } |
20279
3a745710eaca
Avoid HAVE_ macro in header file.
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
19913
diff
changeset
|
977 |
3a745710eaca
Avoid HAVE_ macro in header file.
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
19913
diff
changeset
|
978 #endif |
24011
9107bae20480
style fixes for some GUI source files
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
23996
diff
changeset
|
979 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
980 void settings_dialog::write_changed_settings (bool closing) |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
981 { |
27629
8b6e928e0705
in GUI objects, store reference to base_qobject instead of resource_manager
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27620
diff
changeset
|
982 resource_manager& rmgr = m_octave_qobj.get_resource_manager (); |
8b6e928e0705
in GUI objects, store reference to base_qobject instead of resource_manager
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27620
diff
changeset
|
983 gui_settings *settings = rmgr.get_settings (); |
24011
9107bae20480
style fixes for some GUI source files
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
23996
diff
changeset
|
984 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
985 // the icon set |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
986 QString widget_icon_set = "NONE"; |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
987 if (general_icon_letter->isChecked ()) |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
988 widget_icon_set = "LETTER"; |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
989 else if (general_icon_graphic->isChecked ()) |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
990 widget_icon_set = "GRAPHIC"; |
27665
a1271c5b621a
replace preference literals by symbolic constants for dock widgets
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27663
diff
changeset
|
991 settings->setValue (dw_icon_set.key, widget_icon_set); |
24011
9107bae20480
style fixes for some GUI source files
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
23996
diff
changeset
|
992 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
993 // language |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
994 QString language = comboBox_language->currentText (); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
995 if (language == tr ("System setting")) |
27805
dccc551aa83b
replace literal strings by symbolic constants for global preferences
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27726
diff
changeset
|
996 language = global_language.def.toString (); |
dccc551aa83b
replace literal strings by symbolic constants for global preferences
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27726
diff
changeset
|
997 settings->setValue (global_language.key, language); |
24011
9107bae20480
style fixes for some GUI source files
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
23996
diff
changeset
|
998 |
26227
2355f66cf91d
allow to select the gui style in the preferences dialog
Torsten <mttl@mailbox.org>
parents:
26140
diff
changeset
|
999 // style |
2355f66cf91d
allow to select the gui style in the preferences dialog
Torsten <mttl@mailbox.org>
parents:
26140
diff
changeset
|
1000 QString selected_style = combo_styles->currentText (); |
2355f66cf91d
allow to select the gui style in the preferences dialog
Torsten <mttl@mailbox.org>
parents:
26140
diff
changeset
|
1001 if (selected_style == global_style.def.toString ()) |
2355f66cf91d
allow to select the gui style in the preferences dialog
Torsten <mttl@mailbox.org>
parents:
26140
diff
changeset
|
1002 selected_style = global_style.def.toString (); |
2355f66cf91d
allow to select the gui style in the preferences dialog
Torsten <mttl@mailbox.org>
parents:
26140
diff
changeset
|
1003 settings->setValue (global_style.key, selected_style); |
2355f66cf91d
allow to select the gui style in the preferences dialog
Torsten <mttl@mailbox.org>
parents:
26140
diff
changeset
|
1004 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1005 // dock widget title bar |
27665
a1271c5b621a
replace preference literals by symbolic constants for dock widgets
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27663
diff
changeset
|
1006 settings->setValue (dw_title_custom_style.key, cb_widget_custom_style->isChecked ()); |
a1271c5b621a
replace preference literals by symbolic constants for dock widgets
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27663
diff
changeset
|
1007 settings->setValue (dw_title_3d.key, sb_3d_title->value ()); |
a1271c5b621a
replace preference literals by symbolic constants for dock widgets
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27663
diff
changeset
|
1008 settings->setValue (dw_title_bg_color.key, m_widget_title_bg_color->color ()); |
a1271c5b621a
replace preference literals by symbolic constants for dock widgets
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27663
diff
changeset
|
1009 settings->setValue (dw_title_bg_color_active.key, m_widget_title_bg_color_active->color ()); |
a1271c5b621a
replace preference literals by symbolic constants for dock widgets
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27663
diff
changeset
|
1010 settings->setValue (dw_title_fg_color.key, m_widget_title_fg_color->color ()); |
a1271c5b621a
replace preference literals by symbolic constants for dock widgets
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27663
diff
changeset
|
1011 settings->setValue (dw_title_fg_color_active.key, m_widget_title_fg_color_active->color ()); |
24011
9107bae20480
style fixes for some GUI source files
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
23996
diff
changeset
|
1012 |
26140
8fb8cb4a03f8
preference for (not) using system icon theme
Torsten <mttl@mailbox.org>
parents:
26135
diff
changeset
|
1013 // icon size and theme |
26135
a332d83cc659
fix use of icon size preferences
Torsten <mttl@mailbox.org>
parents:
26096
diff
changeset
|
1014 int icon_size = icon_size_large->isChecked () - icon_size_small->isChecked (); |
a332d83cc659
fix use of icon size preferences
Torsten <mttl@mailbox.org>
parents:
26096
diff
changeset
|
1015 settings->setValue (global_icon_size.key, icon_size); |
26140
8fb8cb4a03f8
preference for (not) using system icon theme
Torsten <mttl@mailbox.org>
parents:
26135
diff
changeset
|
1016 settings->setValue (global_icon_theme.key, cb_system_icon_theme->isChecked ()); |
24011
9107bae20480
style fixes for some GUI source files
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
23996
diff
changeset
|
1017 |
26096
1002b49ce7b3
Make use of native file dialogs configurable (bug #54607).
Kai T. Ohlhus <k.ohlhus@gmail.com>
parents:
26008
diff
changeset
|
1018 // native file dialogs |
27570
775412096ae4
use symbolic constants for file dock widget preferences
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27563
diff
changeset
|
1019 settings->setValue (global_use_native_dialogs.key, cb_use_native_file_dialogs->isChecked ()); |
26096
1002b49ce7b3
Make use of native file dialogs configurable (bug #54607).
Kai T. Ohlhus <k.ohlhus@gmail.com>
parents:
26008
diff
changeset
|
1020 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1021 // cursor blinking |
27583
315c35e6037c
use symbolic constants for command widget preferences
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27570
diff
changeset
|
1022 settings->setValue (global_cursor_blinking.key, cb_cursor_blinking->isChecked ()); |
24011
9107bae20480
style fixes for some GUI source files
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
23996
diff
changeset
|
1023 |
29202
66af654b3485
provide focus follows mouse for widgets in the main window (bug #59701)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29165
diff
changeset
|
1024 // focus follows mouse |
66af654b3485
provide focus follows mouse for widgets in the main window (bug #59701)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29165
diff
changeset
|
1025 settings->setValue (dw_focus_follows_mouse.key, cb_focus_follows_mouse->isChecked ()); |
66af654b3485
provide focus follows mouse for widgets in the main window (bug #59701)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29165
diff
changeset
|
1026 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1027 // promp to exit |
27805
dccc551aa83b
replace literal strings by symbolic constants for global preferences
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27726
diff
changeset
|
1028 settings->setValue (global_prompt_to_exit.key, cb_prompt_to_exit->isChecked ()); |
24011
9107bae20480
style fixes for some GUI source files
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
23996
diff
changeset
|
1029 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1030 // status bar |
27805
dccc551aa83b
replace literal strings by symbolic constants for global preferences
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27726
diff
changeset
|
1031 settings->setValue (global_status_bar.key, cb_status_bar->isChecked ()); |
24011
9107bae20480
style fixes for some GUI source files
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
23996
diff
changeset
|
1032 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1033 // Octave startup |
27805
dccc551aa83b
replace literal strings by symbolic constants for global preferences
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27726
diff
changeset
|
1034 settings->setValue (global_restore_ov_dir.key, cb_restore_octave_dir->isChecked ()); |
dccc551aa83b
replace literal strings by symbolic constants for global preferences
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27726
diff
changeset
|
1035 settings->setValue (global_ov_startup_dir.key, le_octave_dir->text ()); |
24011
9107bae20480
style fixes for some GUI source files
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
23996
diff
changeset
|
1036 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1037 //editor |
27805
dccc551aa83b
replace literal strings by symbolic constants for global preferences
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27726
diff
changeset
|
1038 settings->setValue (global_use_custom_editor.key, useCustomFileEditor->isChecked ()); |
dccc551aa83b
replace literal strings by symbolic constants for global preferences
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27726
diff
changeset
|
1039 settings->setValue (global_custom_editor.key, customFileEditor->text ()); |
27861
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
1040 settings->setValue (ed_show_line_numbers.key, editor_showLineNumbers->isChecked ()); |
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
1041 settings->setValue (ed_line_numbers_size.key, editor_linenr_size->value ()); |
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
1042 settings->setValue (ed_highlight_current_line.key, editor_highlightCurrentLine->isChecked ()); |
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
1043 settings->setValue (ed_long_line_marker.key, editor_long_line_marker->isChecked ()); |
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
1044 settings->setValue (ed_long_line_marker_line.key, editor_long_line_marker_line->isChecked ()); |
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
1045 settings->setValue (ed_long_line_marker_background.key, editor_long_line_marker_background->isChecked ()); |
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
1046 settings->setValue (ed_long_line_column.key, editor_long_line_column->value ()); |
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
1047 settings->setValue (ed_break_lines.key, editor_break_checkbox->isChecked ()); |
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
1048 settings->setValue (ed_break_lines_comments.key, editor_break_comments_checkbox->isChecked ()); |
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
1049 settings->setValue (ed_wrap_lines.key, editor_wrap_checkbox->isChecked ()); |
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
1050 settings->setValue (ed_code_folding.key, cb_code_folding->isChecked ()); |
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
1051 settings->setValue (ed_show_edit_status_bar.key, cb_edit_status_bar->isChecked ()); |
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
1052 settings->setValue (ed_show_toolbar.key, cb_edit_tool_bar->isChecked ()); |
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
1053 settings->setValue (ed_highlight_all_occurrences.key, editor_highlight_all_occurrences->isChecked ()); |
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
1054 settings->setValue (ed_code_completion.key, editor_codeCompletion->isChecked ()); |
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
1055 settings->setValue (ed_code_completion_threshold.key, editor_spinbox_ac_threshold->value ()); |
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
1056 settings->setValue (ed_code_completion_keywords.key, editor_checkbox_ac_keywords->isChecked ()); |
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
1057 settings->setValue (ed_code_completion_octave_builtins.key, editor_checkbox_ac_builtins->isChecked ()); |
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
1058 settings->setValue (ed_code_completion_octave_functions.key, editor_checkbox_ac_functions->isChecked ()); |
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
1059 settings->setValue (ed_code_completion_document.key, editor_checkbox_ac_document->isChecked ()); |
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
1060 settings->setValue (ed_code_completion_case.key, editor_checkbox_ac_case->isChecked ()); |
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
1061 settings->setValue (ed_code_completion_replace.key, editor_checkbox_ac_replace->isChecked ()); |
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
1062 settings->setValue (ed_auto_endif.key, editor_auto_endif->currentIndex ()); |
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
1063 settings->setValue (ed_show_white_space.key, editor_ws_checkbox->isChecked ()); |
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
1064 settings->setValue (ed_show_white_space_indent.key, editor_ws_indent_checkbox->isChecked ()); |
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
1065 settings->setValue (ed_show_eol_chars.key, cb_show_eol->isChecked ()); |
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
1066 settings->setValue (ed_show_hscroll_bar.key, cb_show_hscrollbar->isChecked ()); |
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
1067 settings->setValue (ed_default_eol_mode.key, combo_eol_mode->currentIndex ()); |
24475
8cb985e362f3
Allow uncommenting with any kind of comment (bug #52695):
Torsten <mttl@mailbox.org>
parents:
24290
diff
changeset
|
1068 |
27055
b38807a23fd2
add a preference for the tab positions in the editor (bug #56158)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
26530
diff
changeset
|
1069 settings->setValue (ed_tab_position.key, editor_combox_tab_pos->currentIndex ()); |
29467
80457383d5e1
allow rotated tabs in the file editor (bug #60276)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29359
diff
changeset
|
1070 settings->setValue (ed_tabs_rotated.key, editor_cb_tabs_rotated->isChecked ()); |
80457383d5e1
allow rotated tabs in the file editor (bug #60276)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29359
diff
changeset
|
1071 settings->setValue (ed_tabs_max_width.key, editor_sb_tabs_max_width->value ()); |
27055
b38807a23fd2
add a preference for the tab positions in the editor (bug #56158)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
26530
diff
changeset
|
1072 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1073 // Comment strings |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1074 int rb_uncomment = 0; |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1075 for (int i = 0; i < ed_comment_strings_count; i++) |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1076 { |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1077 if (m_rb_comment_strings[i]->isChecked ()) |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1078 { |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1079 settings->setValue (ed_comment_str.key, i); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1080 if (i < 3) |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1081 settings->setValue (ed_comment_str_old.key, i); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1082 else |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1083 settings->setValue (ed_comment_str_old.key, ed_comment_str.def); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1084 } |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1085 if (m_rb_uncomment_strings[i]->isChecked ()) |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1086 rb_uncomment = rb_uncomment + (1 << i); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1087 } |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1088 settings->setValue (ed_uncomment_str.key, rb_uncomment); |
24475
8cb985e362f3
Allow uncommenting with any kind of comment (bug #52695):
Torsten <mttl@mailbox.org>
parents:
24290
diff
changeset
|
1089 |
27562
d7876110e854
use symbolic preference keys if available
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27560
diff
changeset
|
1090 settings->setValue (ed_default_enc.key, editor_combo_encoding->currentText ()); |
27861
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
1091 settings->setValue (ed_auto_indent.key, editor_auto_ind_checkbox->isChecked ()); |
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
1092 settings->setValue (ed_tab_indents_line.key, editor_tab_ind_checkbox->isChecked ()); |
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
1093 settings->setValue (ed_backspace_unindents_line.key, editor_bs_unind_checkbox->isChecked ()); |
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
1094 settings->setValue (ed_show_indent_guides.key, editor_ind_guides_checkbox->isChecked ()); |
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
1095 settings->setValue (ed_indent_width.key, editor_ind_width_spinbox->value ()); |
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
1096 settings->setValue (ed_indent_uses_tabs.key, editor_ind_uses_tabs_checkbox->isChecked ()); |
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
1097 settings->setValue (ed_tab_width.key, editor_tab_width_spinbox->value ()); |
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
1098 settings->setValue (ed_restore_session.key, editor_restoreSession->isChecked ()); |
27849
28d7ec92bae6
replace prefs literals by symbolic constant in main window
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27818
diff
changeset
|
1099 settings->setValue (ed_create_new_file.key, editor_create_new_file->isChecked ()); |
27861
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
1100 settings->setValue (ed_hiding_closes_files.key, editor_hiding_closes_files->isChecked ()); |
3fada47cc58a
replacing literals for editor prefs by symbolic constants
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27849
diff
changeset
|
1101 settings->setValue (ed_always_reload_changed_files.key, editor_reload_changed_files->isChecked ()); |
28132
4cfe24f56336
add editor prefs for forcing coding standards (bug #57860, bug #57861)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27935
diff
changeset
|
1102 settings->setValue (ed_force_newline.key, editor_force_newline->isChecked ()); |
4cfe24f56336
add editor prefs for forcing coding standards (bug #57860, bug #57861)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27935
diff
changeset
|
1103 settings->setValue (ed_rm_trailing_spaces.key, editor_remove_trailing_spaces->isChecked ()); |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1104 settings->setValue (ed_show_dbg_file.key, editor_show_dbg_file->isChecked ()); |
25622
a7ee69d23f32
add a gui preference for opening files when debugging in console (bug #49119)
Torsten <mttl@mailbox.org>
parents:
25617
diff
changeset
|
1105 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1106 // file browser |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1107 settings->setValue (fb_sync_octdir.key, sync_octave_directory->isChecked ()); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1108 settings->setValue (fb_restore_last_dir.key, cb_restore_file_browser_dir->isChecked ()); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1109 settings->setValue (fb_startup_dir.key, le_file_browser_dir->text ()); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1110 settings->setValue (fb_txt_file_ext.key, le_file_browser_extensions->text ()); |
24011
9107bae20480
style fixes for some GUI source files
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
23996
diff
changeset
|
1111 |
29484
bed2fd5b8263
allow a second color theme for the console window (dark mode)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29468
diff
changeset
|
1112 // network |
27613
deb8877f2c34
use symbolic constants for preferences key and default values in news reader
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27611
diff
changeset
|
1113 settings->setValue (nr_allow_connection.key, checkbox_allow_web_connect->isChecked ()); |
28409
ed8d11b1027d
reorganize network preferences in settings dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
28340
diff
changeset
|
1114 settings->setValue (global_use_proxy.key, use_proxy_server->isChecked ()); |
ed8d11b1027d
reorganize network preferences in settings dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
28340
diff
changeset
|
1115 settings->setValue (global_proxy_type.key, proxy_type->currentText ()); |
ed8d11b1027d
reorganize network preferences in settings dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
28340
diff
changeset
|
1116 settings->setValue (global_proxy_host.key, proxy_host_name->text ()); |
ed8d11b1027d
reorganize network preferences in settings dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
28340
diff
changeset
|
1117 settings->setValue (global_proxy_port.key, proxy_port->text ()); |
ed8d11b1027d
reorganize network preferences in settings dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
28340
diff
changeset
|
1118 settings->setValue (global_proxy_user.key, proxy_username->text ()); |
ed8d11b1027d
reorganize network preferences in settings dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
28340
diff
changeset
|
1119 settings->setValue (global_proxy_pass.key, proxy_password->text ()); |
29484
bed2fd5b8263
allow a second color theme for the console window (dark mode)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29468
diff
changeset
|
1120 |
bed2fd5b8263
allow a second color theme for the console window (dark mode)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29468
diff
changeset
|
1121 // command window |
bed2fd5b8263
allow a second color theme for the console window (dark mode)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29468
diff
changeset
|
1122 settings->setValue (cs_font_size.key, terminal_fontSize->value ()); |
bed2fd5b8263
allow a second color theme for the console window (dark mode)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29468
diff
changeset
|
1123 settings->setValue (cs_font.key, terminal_fontName->currentFont ().family ()); |
27583
315c35e6037c
use symbolic constants for command widget preferences
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27570
diff
changeset
|
1124 settings->setValue (cs_cursor_use_fgcol.key, terminal_cursorUseForegroundColor->isChecked ()); |
29143
a43cf0300dcd
fix focus command window after command execution (bug #59609)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
28334
diff
changeset
|
1125 settings->setValue (cs_focus_cmd.key, terminal_focus_command->isChecked ()); |
27849
28d7ec92bae6
replace prefs literals by symbolic constant in main window
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27818
diff
changeset
|
1126 settings->setValue (cs_dbg_location.key, terminal_print_dbg_location->isChecked ()); |
27583
315c35e6037c
use symbolic constants for command widget preferences
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27570
diff
changeset
|
1127 settings->setValue (cs_hist_buffer.key, terminal_history_buffer->value ()); |
29484
bed2fd5b8263
allow a second color theme for the console window (dark mode)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29468
diff
changeset
|
1128 write_terminal_colors (settings); |
24011
9107bae20480
style fixes for some GUI source files
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
23996
diff
changeset
|
1129 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1130 // the cursor |
27583
315c35e6037c
use symbolic constants for command widget preferences
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27570
diff
changeset
|
1131 QString cursor_type; |
315c35e6037c
use symbolic constants for command widget preferences
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27570
diff
changeset
|
1132 unsigned int cursor_int = terminal_cursorType->currentIndex (); |
315c35e6037c
use symbolic constants for command widget preferences
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27570
diff
changeset
|
1133 if ((cursor_int > 0) && (cursor_int < cs_cursor_types.size ())) |
315c35e6037c
use symbolic constants for command widget preferences
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27570
diff
changeset
|
1134 cursor_type = QString (cs_cursor_types[cursor_int].data ()); |
315c35e6037c
use symbolic constants for command widget preferences
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27570
diff
changeset
|
1135 else |
315c35e6037c
use symbolic constants for command widget preferences
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27570
diff
changeset
|
1136 cursor_type = cs_cursor.def.toString (); |
315c35e6037c
use symbolic constants for command widget preferences
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27570
diff
changeset
|
1137 |
315c35e6037c
use symbolic constants for command widget preferences
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27570
diff
changeset
|
1138 settings->setValue (cs_cursor.key, cursor_type); |
24011
9107bae20480
style fixes for some GUI source files
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
23996
diff
changeset
|
1139 |
9107bae20480
style fixes for some GUI source files
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
23996
diff
changeset
|
1140 #if defined (HAVE_QSCINTILLA) |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1141 // editor styles: create lexer, get dialog contents, and write settings |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1142 QsciLexer *lexer; |
24011
9107bae20480
style fixes for some GUI source files
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
23996
diff
changeset
|
1143 |
9107bae20480
style fixes for some GUI source files
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
23996
diff
changeset
|
1144 #if defined (HAVE_LEXER_OCTAVE) |
9107bae20480
style fixes for some GUI source files
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
23996
diff
changeset
|
1145 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1146 lexer = new QsciLexerOctave (); |
29524
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1147 write_lexer_settings (lexer, settings); |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1148 delete lexer; |
24011
9107bae20480
style fixes for some GUI source files
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
23996
diff
changeset
|
1149 |
9107bae20480
style fixes for some GUI source files
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
23996
diff
changeset
|
1150 #elif defined (HAVE_LEXER_MATLAB) |
9107bae20480
style fixes for some GUI source files
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
23996
diff
changeset
|
1151 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1152 lexer = new QsciLexerMatlab (); |
29524
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1153 write_lexer_settings (lexer, settings); |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1154 delete lexer; |
24011
9107bae20480
style fixes for some GUI source files
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
23996
diff
changeset
|
1155 |
9107bae20480
style fixes for some GUI source files
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
23996
diff
changeset
|
1156 #endif |
9107bae20480
style fixes for some GUI source files
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
23996
diff
changeset
|
1157 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1158 lexer = new QsciLexerCPP (); |
29524
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1159 write_lexer_settings (lexer, settings); |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1160 delete lexer; |
24011
9107bae20480
style fixes for some GUI source files
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
23996
diff
changeset
|
1161 |
29165
617d3aa713a4
add java file support in gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29162
diff
changeset
|
1162 lexer = new QsciLexerJava (); |
29524
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1163 write_lexer_settings (lexer, settings); |
29165
617d3aa713a4
add java file support in gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29162
diff
changeset
|
1164 delete lexer; |
617d3aa713a4
add java file support in gui editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29162
diff
changeset
|
1165 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1166 lexer = new QsciLexerPerl (); |
29524
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1167 write_lexer_settings (lexer, settings); |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1168 delete lexer; |
24011
9107bae20480
style fixes for some GUI source files
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
23996
diff
changeset
|
1169 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1170 lexer = new QsciLexerBatch (); |
29524
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1171 write_lexer_settings (lexer, settings); |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1172 delete lexer; |
24011
9107bae20480
style fixes for some GUI source files
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
23996
diff
changeset
|
1173 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1174 lexer = new QsciLexerDiff (); |
29524
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1175 write_lexer_settings (lexer, settings); |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1176 delete lexer; |
24011
9107bae20480
style fixes for some GUI source files
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
23996
diff
changeset
|
1177 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1178 lexer = new QsciLexerBash (); |
29524
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1179 write_lexer_settings (lexer, settings); |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1180 delete lexer; |
24011
9107bae20480
style fixes for some GUI source files
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
23996
diff
changeset
|
1181 |
27102
84ff9953faa1
where possible, eliminate octave:: namespace qualifier inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27055
diff
changeset
|
1182 lexer = new octave_txt_lexer (); |
29524
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1183 write_lexer_settings (lexer, settings); |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1184 delete lexer; |
24011
9107bae20480
style fixes for some GUI source files
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
23996
diff
changeset
|
1185 |
9107bae20480
style fixes for some GUI source files
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
23996
diff
changeset
|
1186 #endif |
9107bae20480
style fixes for some GUI source files
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
23996
diff
changeset
|
1187 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1188 // Workspace |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1189 write_workspace_colors (settings); |
24011
9107bae20480
style fixes for some GUI source files
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
23996
diff
changeset
|
1190 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1191 // Variable editor |
27662
3b078b750181
replace preference literals by symbolic constants for variable editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27660
diff
changeset
|
1192 settings->setValue (ve_column_width.key, varedit_columnWidth->value ()); |
3b078b750181
replace preference literals by symbolic constants for variable editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27660
diff
changeset
|
1193 settings->setValue (ve_row_height.key, varedit_rowHeight->value ()); |
3b078b750181
replace preference literals by symbolic constants for variable editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27660
diff
changeset
|
1194 settings->setValue (ve_use_terminal_font.key, varedit_useTerminalFont->isChecked ()); |
3b078b750181
replace preference literals by symbolic constants for variable editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27660
diff
changeset
|
1195 settings->setValue (ve_alternate_rows.key, varedit_alternate->isChecked ()); |
3b078b750181
replace preference literals by symbolic constants for variable editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27660
diff
changeset
|
1196 settings->setValue (ve_font_name.key, varedit_font->currentFont ().family ()); |
27562
d7876110e854
use symbolic preference keys if available
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27560
diff
changeset
|
1197 settings->setValue (ve_font_size.key, varedit_fontSize->value ()); |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1198 write_varedit_colors (settings); |
24011
9107bae20480
style fixes for some GUI source files
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
23996
diff
changeset
|
1199 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1200 // shortcuts |
27630
262cdd0f7619
don't use singleton pattern for shortcut manager in GUI
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27629
diff
changeset
|
1201 |
27818
fa0582694fda
replace literal strings by symbolic constants for shortcut preferences
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27805
diff
changeset
|
1202 settings->setValue (sc_prevent_rl_conflicts.key, cb_prevent_readline_conflicts->isChecked ()); |
29084
2a70a068c4ab
add option for using alt-modifer in command windows readline (bug #59478)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
28409
diff
changeset
|
1203 settings->setValue (sc_prevent_rl_conflicts_menu.key, cb_prevent_readline_conflicts_menu->isChecked ()); |
27630
262cdd0f7619
don't use singleton pattern for shortcut manager in GUI
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27629
diff
changeset
|
1204 shortcut_manager& scmgr = m_octave_qobj.get_shortcut_manager (); |
262cdd0f7619
don't use singleton pattern for shortcut manager in GUI
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27629
diff
changeset
|
1205 scmgr.write_shortcuts (settings, closing); |
24011
9107bae20480
style fixes for some GUI source files
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
23996
diff
changeset
|
1206 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1207 // settings dialog's geometry |
27867
99371079780f
use symbolic constants for settings dialogs prefs
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27861
diff
changeset
|
1208 settings->setValue (sd_last_tab.key, tabWidget->currentIndex ()); |
99371079780f
use symbolic constants for settings dialogs prefs
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27861
diff
changeset
|
1209 settings->setValue (sd_geometry.key, saveGeometry ()); |
24011
9107bae20480
style fixes for some GUI source files
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
23996
diff
changeset
|
1210 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1211 settings->sync (); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1212 } |
24011
9107bae20480
style fixes for some GUI source files
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
23996
diff
changeset
|
1213 |
27611
0495b64288f7
use new gui_settings class instead of using QSettings directly
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27583
diff
changeset
|
1214 void settings_dialog::read_workspace_colors (gui_settings *settings) |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1215 { |
25974
c3cd63006870
add preference for disabling workspace colors for different attributes
Torsten <mttl@mailbox.org>
parents:
25954
diff
changeset
|
1216 // Construct the grid with all color related settings |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1217 QGridLayout *style_grid = new QGridLayout (); |
27660
30e84a3d58e5
replace preference literals by symbolic constants for workspace view
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27630
diff
changeset
|
1218 QVector<QLabel*> description (ws_colors_count); |
30e84a3d58e5
replace preference literals by symbolic constants for workspace view
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27630
diff
changeset
|
1219 QVector<color_picker*> color (ws_colors_count); |
16610
a1f613e5066d
workspace view colors based upon variable scope (derived from Dan's patch #8013)
Torsten <ttl@justmail.de>
parents:
16525
diff
changeset
|
1220 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1221 int column = 0; |
29487
00674bc1446d
provide second color mode for workspace view
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29484
diff
changeset
|
1222 const int color_columns = 3; // place colors in so many columns |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1223 int row = 0; |
29487
00674bc1446d
provide second color mode for workspace view
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29484
diff
changeset
|
1224 int mode = settings->value (ws_color_mode).toInt (); |
25974
c3cd63006870
add preference for disabling workspace colors for different attributes
Torsten <mttl@mailbox.org>
parents:
25954
diff
changeset
|
1225 |
c3cd63006870
add preference for disabling workspace colors for different attributes
Torsten <mttl@mailbox.org>
parents:
25954
diff
changeset
|
1226 m_ws_enable_colors = new QCheckBox (tr ("Enable attribute colors")); |
c3cd63006870
add preference for disabling workspace colors for different attributes
Torsten <mttl@mailbox.org>
parents:
25954
diff
changeset
|
1227 style_grid->addWidget (m_ws_enable_colors, row++, column, 1, 4); |
c3cd63006870
add preference for disabling workspace colors for different attributes
Torsten <mttl@mailbox.org>
parents:
25954
diff
changeset
|
1228 |
c3cd63006870
add preference for disabling workspace colors for different attributes
Torsten <mttl@mailbox.org>
parents:
25954
diff
changeset
|
1229 m_ws_hide_tool_tips = new QCheckBox (tr ("Hide tools tips")); |
c3cd63006870
add preference for disabling workspace colors for different attributes
Torsten <mttl@mailbox.org>
parents:
25954
diff
changeset
|
1230 style_grid->addWidget (m_ws_hide_tool_tips, row++, column, 1, 4); |
c3cd63006870
add preference for disabling workspace colors for different attributes
Torsten <mttl@mailbox.org>
parents:
25954
diff
changeset
|
1231 connect (m_ws_enable_colors, SIGNAL (toggled (bool)), |
c3cd63006870
add preference for disabling workspace colors for different attributes
Torsten <mttl@mailbox.org>
parents:
25954
diff
changeset
|
1232 m_ws_hide_tool_tips, SLOT(setEnabled (bool))); |
27276
7455523fdf01
style fixes: avoid breaking lines immediately after '('
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27102
diff
changeset
|
1233 m_ws_hide_tool_tips->setChecked |
27672
a36443e94f8a
simplify gui_settings->value (PREF.key, PREF.def) calls
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27668
diff
changeset
|
1234 (settings->value (ws_hide_tool_tips).toBool ()); |
25974
c3cd63006870
add preference for disabling workspace colors for different attributes
Torsten <mttl@mailbox.org>
parents:
25954
diff
changeset
|
1235 |
29487
00674bc1446d
provide second color mode for workspace view
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29484
diff
changeset
|
1236 QCheckBox *cb_color_mode = new QCheckBox (settings_color_modes); |
00674bc1446d
provide second color mode for workspace view
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29484
diff
changeset
|
1237 cb_color_mode->setToolTip (settings_color_modes_tooltip); |
00674bc1446d
provide second color mode for workspace view
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29484
diff
changeset
|
1238 cb_color_mode->setChecked (mode == 1); |
00674bc1446d
provide second color mode for workspace view
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29484
diff
changeset
|
1239 cb_color_mode->setObjectName (ws_color_mode.key); |
00674bc1446d
provide second color mode for workspace view
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29484
diff
changeset
|
1240 connect (m_ws_enable_colors, SIGNAL (toggled (bool)), |
00674bc1446d
provide second color mode for workspace view
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29484
diff
changeset
|
1241 cb_color_mode, SLOT (setEnabled (bool))); |
29524
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1242 style_grid->addWidget (cb_color_mode, row, column); |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1243 |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1244 QPushButton *pb_reload_default_colors = new QPushButton (settings_reload_colors); |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1245 pb_reload_default_colors->setToolTip (settings_reload_colors_tooltip); |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1246 connect (m_ws_enable_colors, SIGNAL (toggled (bool)), |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1247 pb_reload_default_colors, SLOT (setEnabled (bool))); |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1248 style_grid->addWidget (pb_reload_default_colors, row+1, column++); |
29487
00674bc1446d
provide second color mode for workspace view
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29484
diff
changeset
|
1249 |
00674bc1446d
provide second color mode for workspace view
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29484
diff
changeset
|
1250 bool colors_enabled = settings->value (ws_enable_colors).toBool (); |
00674bc1446d
provide second color mode for workspace view
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29484
diff
changeset
|
1251 |
27660
30e84a3d58e5
replace preference literals by symbolic constants for workspace view
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27630
diff
changeset
|
1252 for (int i = 0; i < ws_colors_count; i++) |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1253 { |
27890
5ca326b3c0d5
fix missing translations due to new symbolic constants for prefs (bug #57490)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27867
diff
changeset
|
1254 description[i] = new QLabel (" " |
5ca326b3c0d5
fix missing translations due to new symbolic constants for prefs (bug #57490)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27867
diff
changeset
|
1255 + tr (ws_color_names.at (i).toStdString ().data ())); |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1256 description[i]->setAlignment (Qt::AlignRight); |
29487
00674bc1446d
provide second color mode for workspace view
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29484
diff
changeset
|
1257 description[i]->setEnabled (colors_enabled); |
25974
c3cd63006870
add preference for disabling workspace colors for different attributes
Torsten <mttl@mailbox.org>
parents:
25954
diff
changeset
|
1258 connect (m_ws_enable_colors, SIGNAL (toggled (bool)), |
c3cd63006870
add preference for disabling workspace colors for different attributes
Torsten <mttl@mailbox.org>
parents:
25954
diff
changeset
|
1259 description[i], SLOT(setEnabled (bool))); |
c3cd63006870
add preference for disabling workspace colors for different attributes
Torsten <mttl@mailbox.org>
parents:
25954
diff
changeset
|
1260 |
29487
00674bc1446d
provide second color mode for workspace view
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29484
diff
changeset
|
1261 QColor setting_color = settings->color_value (ws_colors[i], mode); |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1262 color[i] = new color_picker (setting_color); |
27660
30e84a3d58e5
replace preference literals by symbolic constants for workspace view
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27630
diff
changeset
|
1263 color[i]->setObjectName (ws_colors[i].key); |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1264 color[i]->setMinimumSize (30, 10); |
29487
00674bc1446d
provide second color mode for workspace view
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29484
diff
changeset
|
1265 color[i]->setEnabled (colors_enabled); |
25974
c3cd63006870
add preference for disabling workspace colors for different attributes
Torsten <mttl@mailbox.org>
parents:
25954
diff
changeset
|
1266 connect (m_ws_enable_colors, SIGNAL (toggled (bool)), |
c3cd63006870
add preference for disabling workspace colors for different attributes
Torsten <mttl@mailbox.org>
parents:
25954
diff
changeset
|
1267 color[i], SLOT(setEnabled (bool))); |
c3cd63006870
add preference for disabling workspace colors for different attributes
Torsten <mttl@mailbox.org>
parents:
25954
diff
changeset
|
1268 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1269 style_grid->addWidget (description[i], row, 3*column); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1270 style_grid->addWidget (color[i], row, 3*column+1); |
29487
00674bc1446d
provide second color mode for workspace view
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29484
diff
changeset
|
1271 if (++column > color_columns) |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1272 { |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1273 style_grid->setColumnStretch (4*column, 10); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1274 row++; |
29487
00674bc1446d
provide second color mode for workspace view
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29484
diff
changeset
|
1275 column = 1; |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1276 } |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1277 } |
16610
a1f613e5066d
workspace view colors based upon variable scope (derived from Dan's patch #8013)
Torsten <ttl@justmail.de>
parents:
16525
diff
changeset
|
1278 |
25974
c3cd63006870
add preference for disabling workspace colors for different attributes
Torsten <mttl@mailbox.org>
parents:
25954
diff
changeset
|
1279 // Load enable settings at the end for having signals already connected |
c3cd63006870
add preference for disabling workspace colors for different attributes
Torsten <mttl@mailbox.org>
parents:
25954
diff
changeset
|
1280 m_ws_enable_colors->setChecked (colors_enabled); |
c3cd63006870
add preference for disabling workspace colors for different attributes
Torsten <mttl@mailbox.org>
parents:
25954
diff
changeset
|
1281 m_ws_hide_tool_tips->setEnabled (colors_enabled); |
29487
00674bc1446d
provide second color mode for workspace view
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29484
diff
changeset
|
1282 cb_color_mode->setEnabled (colors_enabled); |
29524
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1283 pb_reload_default_colors->setEnabled (colors_enabled); |
25974
c3cd63006870
add preference for disabling workspace colors for different attributes
Torsten <mttl@mailbox.org>
parents:
25954
diff
changeset
|
1284 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1285 // place grid with elements into the tab |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1286 workspace_colors_box->setLayout (style_grid); |
29487
00674bc1446d
provide second color mode for workspace view
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29484
diff
changeset
|
1287 |
29524
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1288 // update colors depending on second theme selection or reloading |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1289 // the dfault values |
29487
00674bc1446d
provide second color mode for workspace view
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29484
diff
changeset
|
1290 connect (cb_color_mode, SIGNAL (stateChanged (int)), |
00674bc1446d
provide second color mode for workspace view
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29484
diff
changeset
|
1291 this, SLOT (update_workspace_colors (int))); |
29524
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1292 connect (pb_reload_default_colors, &QPushButton::clicked, |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1293 [=] () { update_workspace_colors (settings_reload_default_colors_flag); }); |
29487
00674bc1446d
provide second color mode for workspace view
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29484
diff
changeset
|
1294 } |
00674bc1446d
provide second color mode for workspace view
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29484
diff
changeset
|
1295 |
29524
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1296 void settings_dialog::update_workspace_colors (int def) |
29487
00674bc1446d
provide second color mode for workspace view
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29484
diff
changeset
|
1297 { |
29524
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1298 QCheckBox *cb_color_mode |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1299 = workspace_colors_box->findChild <QCheckBox *> (ws_color_mode.key); |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1300 |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1301 int m = 0; |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1302 if (cb_color_mode && cb_color_mode->isChecked ()) |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1303 m = 1; |
29487
00674bc1446d
provide second color mode for workspace view
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29484
diff
changeset
|
1304 |
00674bc1446d
provide second color mode for workspace view
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29484
diff
changeset
|
1305 resource_manager& rmgr = m_octave_qobj.get_resource_manager (); |
00674bc1446d
provide second color mode for workspace view
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29484
diff
changeset
|
1306 gui_settings *settings = rmgr.get_settings (); |
00674bc1446d
provide second color mode for workspace view
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29484
diff
changeset
|
1307 |
00674bc1446d
provide second color mode for workspace view
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29484
diff
changeset
|
1308 color_picker *c_picker; |
00674bc1446d
provide second color mode for workspace view
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29484
diff
changeset
|
1309 |
00674bc1446d
provide second color mode for workspace view
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29484
diff
changeset
|
1310 for (unsigned int i = 0; i < ws_colors_count; i++) |
00674bc1446d
provide second color mode for workspace view
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29484
diff
changeset
|
1311 { |
00674bc1446d
provide second color mode for workspace view
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29484
diff
changeset
|
1312 c_picker = workspace_colors_box->findChild <color_picker *> (ws_colors[i].key); |
00674bc1446d
provide second color mode for workspace view
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29484
diff
changeset
|
1313 if (c_picker) |
29524
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1314 { |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1315 if (def != settings_reload_default_colors_flag) |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1316 { |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1317 // Get current value from settings or the default |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1318 c_picker->set_color (settings->color_value (ws_colors[i], m)); |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1319 } |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1320 else |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1321 { |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1322 // Get the default value |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1323 c_picker->set_color (settings->get_color_value (ws_colors[i].def, m)); |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1324 } |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1325 } |
29487
00674bc1446d
provide second color mode for workspace view
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29484
diff
changeset
|
1326 } |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1327 } |
24011
9107bae20480
style fixes for some GUI source files
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
23996
diff
changeset
|
1328 |
27611
0495b64288f7
use new gui_settings class instead of using QSettings directly
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27583
diff
changeset
|
1329 void settings_dialog::write_workspace_colors (gui_settings *settings) |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1330 { |
25974
c3cd63006870
add preference for disabling workspace colors for different attributes
Torsten <mttl@mailbox.org>
parents:
25954
diff
changeset
|
1331 settings->setValue (ws_enable_colors.key, m_ws_enable_colors->isChecked ()); |
c3cd63006870
add preference for disabling workspace colors for different attributes
Torsten <mttl@mailbox.org>
parents:
25954
diff
changeset
|
1332 settings->setValue (ws_hide_tool_tips.key, m_ws_hide_tool_tips->isChecked ()); |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1333 |
29487
00674bc1446d
provide second color mode for workspace view
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29484
diff
changeset
|
1334 QCheckBox *cb_color_mode |
00674bc1446d
provide second color mode for workspace view
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29484
diff
changeset
|
1335 = workspace_colors_box->findChild <QCheckBox *> (ws_color_mode.key); |
00674bc1446d
provide second color mode for workspace view
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29484
diff
changeset
|
1336 |
00674bc1446d
provide second color mode for workspace view
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29484
diff
changeset
|
1337 int mode = 0; |
00674bc1446d
provide second color mode for workspace view
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29484
diff
changeset
|
1338 if (cb_color_mode && cb_color_mode->isChecked ()) |
00674bc1446d
provide second color mode for workspace view
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29484
diff
changeset
|
1339 mode = 1; |
00674bc1446d
provide second color mode for workspace view
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29484
diff
changeset
|
1340 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1341 color_picker *color; |
24011
9107bae20480
style fixes for some GUI source files
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
23996
diff
changeset
|
1342 |
27660
30e84a3d58e5
replace preference literals by symbolic constants for workspace view
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27630
diff
changeset
|
1343 for (int i = 0; i < ws_colors_count; i++) |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1344 { |
27660
30e84a3d58e5
replace preference literals by symbolic constants for workspace view
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27630
diff
changeset
|
1345 color = workspace_colors_box->findChild <color_picker *> (ws_colors[i].key); |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1346 if (color) |
29487
00674bc1446d
provide second color mode for workspace view
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29484
diff
changeset
|
1347 settings->set_color_value (ws_colors[i], color->color (), mode); |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1348 } |
29487
00674bc1446d
provide second color mode for workspace view
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29484
diff
changeset
|
1349 |
00674bc1446d
provide second color mode for workspace view
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29484
diff
changeset
|
1350 settings->setValue (ws_color_mode.key, mode); |
00674bc1446d
provide second color mode for workspace view
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29484
diff
changeset
|
1351 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1352 settings->sync (); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1353 } |
24011
9107bae20480
style fixes for some GUI source files
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
23996
diff
changeset
|
1354 |
27611
0495b64288f7
use new gui_settings class instead of using QSettings directly
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27583
diff
changeset
|
1355 void settings_dialog::read_terminal_colors (gui_settings *settings) |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1356 { |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1357 QGridLayout *style_grid = new QGridLayout (); |
27583
315c35e6037c
use symbolic constants for command widget preferences
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27570
diff
changeset
|
1358 QVector<QLabel*> description (cs_colors_count); |
315c35e6037c
use symbolic constants for command widget preferences
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27570
diff
changeset
|
1359 QVector<color_picker*> color (cs_colors_count); |
16620
818eef7b2618
allow terminal colors to be set from preferences dialog
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
16610
diff
changeset
|
1360 |
29487
00674bc1446d
provide second color mode for workspace view
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29484
diff
changeset
|
1361 int mode = settings->value (cs_color_mode).toInt (); |
29484
bed2fd5b8263
allow a second color theme for the console window (dark mode)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29468
diff
changeset
|
1362 |
bed2fd5b8263
allow a second color theme for the console window (dark mode)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29468
diff
changeset
|
1363 QCheckBox *cb_color_mode = new QCheckBox (settings_color_modes); |
bed2fd5b8263
allow a second color theme for the console window (dark mode)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29468
diff
changeset
|
1364 cb_color_mode->setToolTip (settings_color_modes_tooltip); |
bed2fd5b8263
allow a second color theme for the console window (dark mode)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29468
diff
changeset
|
1365 cb_color_mode->setChecked (mode == 1); |
bed2fd5b8263
allow a second color theme for the console window (dark mode)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29468
diff
changeset
|
1366 cb_color_mode->setObjectName (cs_color_mode.key); |
bed2fd5b8263
allow a second color theme for the console window (dark mode)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29468
diff
changeset
|
1367 style_grid->addWidget (cb_color_mode, 0, 0); |
bed2fd5b8263
allow a second color theme for the console window (dark mode)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29468
diff
changeset
|
1368 |
29524
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1369 QPushButton *pb_reload_default_colors = new QPushButton (settings_reload_colors); |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1370 pb_reload_default_colors->setToolTip (settings_reload_colors_tooltip); |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1371 style_grid->addWidget (pb_reload_default_colors, 1, 0); |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1372 |
29484
bed2fd5b8263
allow a second color theme for the console window (dark mode)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29468
diff
changeset
|
1373 int column = 1; // column 0 is for the color mode checkbox |
bed2fd5b8263
allow a second color theme for the console window (dark mode)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29468
diff
changeset
|
1374 const int color_columns = 2; // place colors in so many columns |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1375 int row = 0; |
27583
315c35e6037c
use symbolic constants for command widget preferences
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27570
diff
changeset
|
1376 for (unsigned int i = 0; i < cs_colors_count; i++) |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1377 { |
27890
5ca326b3c0d5
fix missing translations due to new symbolic constants for prefs (bug #57490)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27867
diff
changeset
|
1378 description[i] = new QLabel (" " |
5ca326b3c0d5
fix missing translations due to new symbolic constants for prefs (bug #57490)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27867
diff
changeset
|
1379 + tr (cs_color_names.at (i).toStdString ().data ())); |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1380 description[i]->setAlignment (Qt::AlignRight); |
29484
bed2fd5b8263
allow a second color theme for the console window (dark mode)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29468
diff
changeset
|
1381 QColor setting_color = settings->color_value (cs_colors[i], mode); |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1382 color[i] = new color_picker (setting_color); |
27583
315c35e6037c
use symbolic constants for command widget preferences
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27570
diff
changeset
|
1383 color[i]->setObjectName (cs_colors[i].key); |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1384 color[i]->setMinimumSize (30, 10); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1385 style_grid->addWidget (description[i], row, 2*column); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1386 style_grid->addWidget (color[i], row, 2*column+1); |
29484
bed2fd5b8263
allow a second color theme for the console window (dark mode)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29468
diff
changeset
|
1387 if (++column > color_columns) |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1388 { |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1389 style_grid->setColumnStretch (3*column, 10); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1390 row++; |
29484
bed2fd5b8263
allow a second color theme for the console window (dark mode)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29468
diff
changeset
|
1391 column = 1; |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1392 } |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1393 } |
16620
818eef7b2618
allow terminal colors to be set from preferences dialog
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
16610
diff
changeset
|
1394 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1395 // place grid with elements into the tab |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1396 terminal_colors_box->setLayout (style_grid); |
29484
bed2fd5b8263
allow a second color theme for the console window (dark mode)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29468
diff
changeset
|
1397 |
bed2fd5b8263
allow a second color theme for the console window (dark mode)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29468
diff
changeset
|
1398 // update colors depending on second theme selection |
bed2fd5b8263
allow a second color theme for the console window (dark mode)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29468
diff
changeset
|
1399 connect (cb_color_mode, SIGNAL (stateChanged (int)), |
bed2fd5b8263
allow a second color theme for the console window (dark mode)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29468
diff
changeset
|
1400 this, SLOT (update_terminal_colors (int))); |
29524
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1401 connect (pb_reload_default_colors, &QPushButton::clicked, |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1402 [=] () { update_terminal_colors (settings_reload_default_colors_flag); }); |
29484
bed2fd5b8263
allow a second color theme for the console window (dark mode)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29468
diff
changeset
|
1403 } |
bed2fd5b8263
allow a second color theme for the console window (dark mode)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29468
diff
changeset
|
1404 |
29524
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1405 void settings_dialog::update_terminal_colors (int def) |
29484
bed2fd5b8263
allow a second color theme for the console window (dark mode)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29468
diff
changeset
|
1406 { |
29524
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1407 QCheckBox *cb_color_mode |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1408 = terminal_colors_box->findChild <QCheckBox *> (cs_color_mode.key); |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1409 |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1410 int m = 0; |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1411 if (cb_color_mode && cb_color_mode->isChecked ()) |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1412 m = 1; |
29484
bed2fd5b8263
allow a second color theme for the console window (dark mode)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29468
diff
changeset
|
1413 |
bed2fd5b8263
allow a second color theme for the console window (dark mode)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29468
diff
changeset
|
1414 resource_manager& rmgr = m_octave_qobj.get_resource_manager (); |
bed2fd5b8263
allow a second color theme for the console window (dark mode)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29468
diff
changeset
|
1415 gui_settings *settings = rmgr.get_settings (); |
bed2fd5b8263
allow a second color theme for the console window (dark mode)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29468
diff
changeset
|
1416 |
bed2fd5b8263
allow a second color theme for the console window (dark mode)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29468
diff
changeset
|
1417 color_picker *c_picker; |
bed2fd5b8263
allow a second color theme for the console window (dark mode)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29468
diff
changeset
|
1418 |
bed2fd5b8263
allow a second color theme for the console window (dark mode)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29468
diff
changeset
|
1419 for (unsigned int i = 0; i < cs_colors_count; i++) |
bed2fd5b8263
allow a second color theme for the console window (dark mode)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29468
diff
changeset
|
1420 { |
bed2fd5b8263
allow a second color theme for the console window (dark mode)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29468
diff
changeset
|
1421 c_picker = terminal_colors_box->findChild <color_picker *> (cs_colors[i].key); |
bed2fd5b8263
allow a second color theme for the console window (dark mode)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29468
diff
changeset
|
1422 if (c_picker) |
29524
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1423 { |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1424 if (def != settings_reload_default_colors_flag) |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1425 { |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1426 // Get current value from settings or the default |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1427 c_picker->set_color (settings->color_value (cs_colors[i], m)); |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1428 } |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1429 else |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1430 { |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1431 // Get the default value |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1432 c_picker->set_color (settings->get_color_value (cs_colors[i].def, m)); |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1433 } |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1434 } |
29484
bed2fd5b8263
allow a second color theme for the console window (dark mode)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29468
diff
changeset
|
1435 } |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1436 } |
16402
7fa90eb41240
gui: individually configurable styles of the editor lexers
Torsten <ttl@justmail.de>
parents:
16379
diff
changeset
|
1437 |
27611
0495b64288f7
use new gui_settings class instead of using QSettings directly
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27583
diff
changeset
|
1438 void settings_dialog::write_terminal_colors (gui_settings *settings) |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1439 { |
29484
bed2fd5b8263
allow a second color theme for the console window (dark mode)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29468
diff
changeset
|
1440 QCheckBox *cb_color_mode |
bed2fd5b8263
allow a second color theme for the console window (dark mode)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29468
diff
changeset
|
1441 = terminal_colors_box->findChild <QCheckBox *> (cs_color_mode.key); |
bed2fd5b8263
allow a second color theme for the console window (dark mode)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29468
diff
changeset
|
1442 |
bed2fd5b8263
allow a second color theme for the console window (dark mode)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29468
diff
changeset
|
1443 int mode = 0; |
29487
00674bc1446d
provide second color mode for workspace view
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29484
diff
changeset
|
1444 if (cb_color_mode && cb_color_mode->isChecked ()) |
29484
bed2fd5b8263
allow a second color theme for the console window (dark mode)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29468
diff
changeset
|
1445 mode = 1; |
bed2fd5b8263
allow a second color theme for the console window (dark mode)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29468
diff
changeset
|
1446 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1447 color_picker *color; |
16620
818eef7b2618
allow terminal colors to be set from preferences dialog
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
16610
diff
changeset
|
1448 |
27583
315c35e6037c
use symbolic constants for command widget preferences
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27570
diff
changeset
|
1449 for (int i = 0; i < cs_color_names.size (); i++) |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1450 { |
27583
315c35e6037c
use symbolic constants for command widget preferences
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27570
diff
changeset
|
1451 color = terminal_colors_box->findChild <color_picker *> (cs_colors[i].key); |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1452 if (color) |
29484
bed2fd5b8263
allow a second color theme for the console window (dark mode)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29468
diff
changeset
|
1453 settings->set_color_value (cs_colors[i], color->color (), mode); |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1454 } |
19632
101ce4eaa56c
prevent opening the settings dialog multiple times
Torsten <ttl@justmail.de>
parents:
19631
diff
changeset
|
1455 |
29484
bed2fd5b8263
allow a second color theme for the console window (dark mode)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29468
diff
changeset
|
1456 settings->setValue (cs_color_mode.key, mode); |
bed2fd5b8263
allow a second color theme for the console window (dark mode)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29468
diff
changeset
|
1457 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1458 settings->sync (); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1459 } |
18310
03a8428adef7
gui: provide prefernces for the file browser's directory at startup
Torsten <ttl@justmail.de>
parents:
18309
diff
changeset
|
1460 |
27611
0495b64288f7
use new gui_settings class instead of using QSettings directly
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27583
diff
changeset
|
1461 void settings_dialog::read_varedit_colors (gui_settings *settings) |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1462 { |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1463 QGridLayout *style_grid = new QGridLayout (); |
27662
3b078b750181
replace preference literals by symbolic constants for variable editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27660
diff
changeset
|
1464 QVector<QLabel*> description (ve_colors_count); |
3b078b750181
replace preference literals by symbolic constants for variable editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27660
diff
changeset
|
1465 QVector<color_picker*> color (ve_colors_count); |
18310
03a8428adef7
gui: provide prefernces for the file browser's directory at startup
Torsten <ttl@justmail.de>
parents:
18309
diff
changeset
|
1466 |
29488
2a251de6c1a5
provide second color mode for variable editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29487
diff
changeset
|
1467 int mode = settings->value (ve_color_mode).toInt (); |
2a251de6c1a5
provide second color mode for variable editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29487
diff
changeset
|
1468 |
2a251de6c1a5
provide second color mode for variable editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29487
diff
changeset
|
1469 QCheckBox *cb_color_mode = new QCheckBox (settings_color_modes); |
2a251de6c1a5
provide second color mode for variable editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29487
diff
changeset
|
1470 cb_color_mode->setToolTip (settings_color_modes_tooltip); |
2a251de6c1a5
provide second color mode for variable editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29487
diff
changeset
|
1471 cb_color_mode->setChecked (mode == 1); |
2a251de6c1a5
provide second color mode for variable editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29487
diff
changeset
|
1472 cb_color_mode->setObjectName (ve_color_mode.key); |
2a251de6c1a5
provide second color mode for variable editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29487
diff
changeset
|
1473 style_grid->addWidget (cb_color_mode, 0, 0); |
2a251de6c1a5
provide second color mode for variable editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29487
diff
changeset
|
1474 |
29524
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1475 QPushButton *pb_reload_default_colors = new QPushButton (settings_reload_colors); |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1476 pb_reload_default_colors->setToolTip (settings_reload_colors_tooltip); |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1477 style_grid->addWidget (pb_reload_default_colors, 1, 0); |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1478 |
29488
2a251de6c1a5
provide second color mode for variable editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29487
diff
changeset
|
1479 int column = 1; |
2a251de6c1a5
provide second color mode for variable editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29487
diff
changeset
|
1480 int color_columns = 2; |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1481 int row = 0; |
27662
3b078b750181
replace preference literals by symbolic constants for variable editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27660
diff
changeset
|
1482 for (int i = 0; i < ve_colors_count; i++) |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1483 { |
27890
5ca326b3c0d5
fix missing translations due to new symbolic constants for prefs (bug #57490)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27867
diff
changeset
|
1484 description[i] = new QLabel (" " |
5ca326b3c0d5
fix missing translations due to new symbolic constants for prefs (bug #57490)
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27867
diff
changeset
|
1485 + tr (ve_color_names.at (i).toStdString ().data ())); |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1486 description[i]->setAlignment (Qt::AlignRight); |
27662
3b078b750181
replace preference literals by symbolic constants for variable editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27660
diff
changeset
|
1487 |
29488
2a251de6c1a5
provide second color mode for variable editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29487
diff
changeset
|
1488 QColor setting_color = settings->color_value (ve_colors[i], mode); |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1489 color[i] = new color_picker (setting_color); |
27662
3b078b750181
replace preference literals by symbolic constants for variable editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27660
diff
changeset
|
1490 color[i]->setObjectName (ve_colors[i].key); |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1491 color[i]->setMinimumSize (30, 10); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1492 style_grid->addWidget (description[i], row, 2*column); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1493 style_grid->addWidget (color[i], row, 2*column+1); |
29488
2a251de6c1a5
provide second color mode for variable editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29487
diff
changeset
|
1494 if (++column > color_columns) |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1495 { |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1496 style_grid->setColumnStretch (3*column, 10); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1497 row++; |
29488
2a251de6c1a5
provide second color mode for variable editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29487
diff
changeset
|
1498 column = 1; |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1499 } |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1500 } |
23927
e3a36f84d01d
provide variable-editor widget for the GUI
Michael Barnes <mjbcode@runbox.com>
parents:
23810
diff
changeset
|
1501 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1502 // place grid with elements into the tab |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1503 varedit_colors_box->setLayout (style_grid); |
29488
2a251de6c1a5
provide second color mode for variable editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29487
diff
changeset
|
1504 |
2a251de6c1a5
provide second color mode for variable editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29487
diff
changeset
|
1505 // update colors depending on second theme selection |
2a251de6c1a5
provide second color mode for variable editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29487
diff
changeset
|
1506 connect (cb_color_mode, SIGNAL (stateChanged (int)), |
2a251de6c1a5
provide second color mode for variable editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29487
diff
changeset
|
1507 this, SLOT (update_varedit_colors (int))); |
29524
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1508 connect (pb_reload_default_colors, &QPushButton::clicked, |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1509 [=] () { update_varedit_colors (settings_reload_default_colors_flag); }); |
29488
2a251de6c1a5
provide second color mode for variable editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29487
diff
changeset
|
1510 } |
2a251de6c1a5
provide second color mode for variable editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29487
diff
changeset
|
1511 |
29524
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1512 void settings_dialog::update_varedit_colors (int def) |
29488
2a251de6c1a5
provide second color mode for variable editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29487
diff
changeset
|
1513 { |
29524
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1514 QCheckBox *cb_color_mode |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1515 = varedit_colors_box->findChild <QCheckBox *> (ve_color_mode.key); |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1516 |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1517 int m = 0; |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1518 if (cb_color_mode && cb_color_mode->isChecked ()) |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1519 m = 1; |
29488
2a251de6c1a5
provide second color mode for variable editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29487
diff
changeset
|
1520 |
2a251de6c1a5
provide second color mode for variable editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29487
diff
changeset
|
1521 resource_manager& rmgr = m_octave_qobj.get_resource_manager (); |
2a251de6c1a5
provide second color mode for variable editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29487
diff
changeset
|
1522 gui_settings *settings = rmgr.get_settings (); |
2a251de6c1a5
provide second color mode for variable editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29487
diff
changeset
|
1523 |
2a251de6c1a5
provide second color mode for variable editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29487
diff
changeset
|
1524 color_picker *c_picker; |
2a251de6c1a5
provide second color mode for variable editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29487
diff
changeset
|
1525 |
2a251de6c1a5
provide second color mode for variable editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29487
diff
changeset
|
1526 for (unsigned int i = 0; i < ve_colors_count; i++) |
2a251de6c1a5
provide second color mode for variable editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29487
diff
changeset
|
1527 { |
2a251de6c1a5
provide second color mode for variable editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29487
diff
changeset
|
1528 c_picker = varedit_colors_box->findChild <color_picker *> (ve_colors[i].key); |
2a251de6c1a5
provide second color mode for variable editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29487
diff
changeset
|
1529 if (c_picker) |
29524
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1530 { |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1531 if (def != settings_reload_default_colors_flag) |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1532 { |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1533 // Get current value from settings or the default |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1534 c_picker->set_color (settings->color_value (ve_colors[i], m)); |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1535 } |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1536 else |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1537 { |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1538 // Get the default value |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1539 c_picker->set_color (settings->get_color_value (ve_colors[i].def, m)); |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1540 } |
730cac3d6d5a
allow reloading default colors and styles in the preferences dialog
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29498
diff
changeset
|
1541 } |
29488
2a251de6c1a5
provide second color mode for variable editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29487
diff
changeset
|
1542 } |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1543 } |
18310
03a8428adef7
gui: provide prefernces for the file browser's directory at startup
Torsten <ttl@justmail.de>
parents:
18309
diff
changeset
|
1544 |
27611
0495b64288f7
use new gui_settings class instead of using QSettings directly
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
27583
diff
changeset
|
1545 void settings_dialog::write_varedit_colors (gui_settings *settings) |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1546 { |
29488
2a251de6c1a5
provide second color mode for variable editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29487
diff
changeset
|
1547 QCheckBox *cb_color_mode |
2a251de6c1a5
provide second color mode for variable editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29487
diff
changeset
|
1548 = varedit_colors_box->findChild <QCheckBox *> (ve_color_mode.key); |
2a251de6c1a5
provide second color mode for variable editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29487
diff
changeset
|
1549 |
2a251de6c1a5
provide second color mode for variable editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29487
diff
changeset
|
1550 int mode = 0; |
2a251de6c1a5
provide second color mode for variable editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29487
diff
changeset
|
1551 if (cb_color_mode && cb_color_mode->isChecked ()) |
2a251de6c1a5
provide second color mode for variable editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29487
diff
changeset
|
1552 mode = 1; |
2a251de6c1a5
provide second color mode for variable editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29487
diff
changeset
|
1553 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1554 color_picker *color; |
18822
3f6280d0a36b
allow export and import of shortcut sets
Torsten <ttl@justmail.de>
parents:
18733
diff
changeset
|
1555 |
27662
3b078b750181
replace preference literals by symbolic constants for variable editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27660
diff
changeset
|
1556 for (int i = 0; i < ve_colors_count; i++) |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1557 { |
27662
3b078b750181
replace preference literals by symbolic constants for variable editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
27660
diff
changeset
|
1558 color = varedit_colors_box->findChild <color_picker *> (ve_colors[i].key); |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1559 if (color) |
29488
2a251de6c1a5
provide second color mode for variable editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29487
diff
changeset
|
1560 settings->set_color_value (ve_colors[i], color->color (), mode); |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1561 } |
18822
3f6280d0a36b
allow export and import of shortcut sets
Torsten <ttl@justmail.de>
parents:
18733
diff
changeset
|
1562 |
29488
2a251de6c1a5
provide second color mode for variable editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29487
diff
changeset
|
1563 settings->setValue (ve_color_mode.key, mode); |
2a251de6c1a5
provide second color mode for variable editor
Torsten Lilge <ttl-octave@mailbox.org>
parents:
29487
diff
changeset
|
1564 |
25954
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1565 settings->sync (); |
f2406585a974
move settings_dialog class inside octave namespace
John W. Eaton <jwe@octave.org>
parents:
25953
diff
changeset
|
1566 } |
20702
b6b16d8c8b57
possibility to set all shortcuts to default values and check overwriting
Torsten <ttl@justmail.de>
parents:
20685
diff
changeset
|
1567 } |